xref: /freebsd/contrib/sendmail/RELEASE_NOTES (revision 6fd05b64b5b65dd4ba9b86482a0634a5f0b96c29)
1			SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES
2      $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.1340.2.189 2004/01/18 17:50:57 ca Exp $
3
4
5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version
6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a
7summary of the changes in that release.
8
98.12.11/8.12.11	2004/01/18
10	Use QueueFileMode when opening qf files.  This error was a
11		regression in 8.12.10.  Problem detected and diagnosed
12		Lech Szychowski of the Polish Power Grid Company.
13	Properly count the number of queue runners in a work group and
14		make sure the total limit of MaxQueueChildren is not
15		exceeded.  Based on patch from Takayuki Yoshizawa of
16		Techfirm, Inc.
17	Take care of systems that can generate time values where the
18		seconds can exceed the usual range of 0 to 59.
19		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
20	Avoid regeneration of identical queue identifiers by processes
21		whose process id is the same as that of the initial
22		sendmail process that was used to start the daemon.
23		Problem noted by Randy Diffenderfer of EDS.
24	When a milter invokes smfi_delrcpt() compare the supplied
25		recipient address also against the printable addresses
26		of the current list to deal with rewritten addresses.
27		Based on patch from Sean Hanson of The Asylum.
28	BadRcptThrottle now also works for addresses which return the
29		error mailer, e.g., virtusertable entries with the
30		right hand side error:.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
31	Fix printing of 8 bit characters as octals in log messages.
32		Based on patch by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
33	Undo change of algorithm for MIME 7-bit base64 encoding to 8-bit
34		text that has been introduced in 8.12.3.  There are some
35		examples where the new code fails, but the old code works.
36		To get the 8.12.3-8.12.10 version, compile sendmail with
37		-DMIME7TO8_OLD=0.  If you have an example of improper
38		7 to 8 bit conversion please send it to us.
39	Return normal error code for unknown SMTP commands instead of
40		the one specified by check_relay or a milter for a
41		connection.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
42	Some ident responses contain data after the terminating CRLF which
43		causes sendmail to log "POSSIBLE ATTACK...newline in string".
44		To avoid this everything after LF is ignored.
45	If the operating system supports O_EXLOCK and HASFLOCK is set
46		then a possible race condition for creating qf files
47		can be avoided.  Note: the race condition does not
48		exist within sendmail, but between sendmail and an
49		external application that accesses qf files.
50	Log the proper options name for TLS related mising files for
51		the CACertPath, CACertFile, and DHParameters options.
52	Do not split an envelope if it will be discarded, otherwise df
53		files could be left behind.  Problem found by Wolfgang
54		Breyha.
55	The use of the environment variables HOME and HOSTALIASES has been
56		deprecated and will be removed in version 8.13.  This only
57		effects configuration which preserve those variable via the
58		'E' command in the cf file as sendmail clears out its entire
59		environment.
60	Portability:
61		Add support for Darwin 7.0/Mac OS X 10.3 (a.k.a. Panther).
62		Solaris 10 has unsetenv(), patch from Craig Mohrman of
63			Sun Microsystems.
64	LIBMILTER: Add extra checks in case a broken MTA sends bogus data
65		to libmilter.  Based on code review by Rob Grzywinski.
66	SMRSH: Properly assemble commands that contain '&&' or '||'.
67		Problem noted by Eric Lee of Talking Heads.
68	New Files:
69		devtools/OS/Darwin.7.0
70
718.12.10/8.12.10	2003/09/24 (Released: 2003/09/17)
72	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing.  Problem
73		detected by Michal Zalewski, patch from Todd C. Miller
74		of Courtesan Consulting.
75	Fix a potential buffer overflow in ruleset parsing.  This problem
76		is not exploitable in the default sendmail configuration;
77		only if non-standard rulesets recipient (2), final (4), or
78		mailer-specific envelope recipients rulesets are used then
79		a problem may occur.  Problem noted by Timo Sirainen.
80	Accept 0 (and 0/0) as valid input for set MaxMimeHeaderLength.
81		Problem noted by Thomas Schulz.
82	Add several checks to avoid (theoretical) buffer over/underflows.
83	Properly count message size when performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME
84		conversions.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
85	Properly compute message priority based on size of entire message,
86		not just header.  Problem noted by Axel Holscher.
87	Reset SevenBitInput to its configured value between SMTP
88		transactions for broken clients which do not properly
89		announce 8 bit data.  Problem noted by Stefan Roehrich.
90	Set {addr_type} during queue runs when processing recipients.
91		Based on patch from Arne Jansen.
92	Better error handling in case of (very unlikely) queue-id conflicts.
93	Perform better error recovery for address parsing, e.g., when
94		encountering a comment that is too long.  Problem noted by
95		Tanel Kokk, Union Bank of Estonia.
96	Add ':' to the allowed character list for bogus HELO/EHLO
97		checking.  It is used for IPv6 domain literals.  Patch from
98		Iwaizako Takahiro of FreeBit Co., Ltd.
99	Reset SASL connection context after a failed authentication attempt.
100		Based on patch from Rob Siemborski of CMU.
101	Check Berkeley DB compile time version against run time version
102		to make sure they match.
103	Do not attempt AAAA (IPv6) DNS lookups if IPv6 is not enabled
104		in the kernel.
105	When a milter adds recipients and one of them causes an error,
106		do not ignore the other recipients.  Problem noted by
107		Bart Duchesne.
108	CONFIG: Use specified SMTP error code in mailertable entries which
109		lack a DSN, i.e., "error:### Text".  Problem noted by
110		Craig Hunt.
111	CONFIG: Call Local_trust_auth with the correct argument.  Patch
112		from Jerome Borsboom.
113	CONTRIB: Better handling of temporary filenames for doublebounce.pl
114		and expn.pl to avoid file overwrites, etc.  Patches from
115		Richard A. Nelson of Debian and Paul Szabo.
116	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix obscure race condition that could lead to an
117		improper mailbox truncation if close() fails after the
118		mailbox is fsync()'ed and a new message is delivered
119		after the close() and before the truncate().
120	MAIL.LOCAL: If mail delivery fails, do not leave behind a
121		stale lockfile (which is ignored after the lock timeout).
122		Patch from Oleg Bulyzhin of Cronyx Plus LLC.
123	Portability:
124		Port for AIX 5.2.  Thanks to Steve Hubert of University
125			of Washington for providing access to a computer
126			with AIX 5.2.
127		setreuid(2) works on OpenBSD 3.3.  Patch from
128			Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
129		Allow for custom definition of SMRSH_CMDDIR and SMRSH_PATH
130			on all operating systems.  Patch from Robert Harker
131			of Harker Systems.
132		Use strerror(3) on Linux.  If this causes a problem on
133			your Linux distribution, compile with
134			-DHASSTRERROR=0 and tell sendmail.org about it.
135	Added Files:
136		devtools/OS/AIX.5.2
137
1388.12.9/8.12.9	2003/03/29
139	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
140		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
141		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
142		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
143		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
144		includes DNS.
145	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
146		8.12.9 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
147		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
148		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
149	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
150		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
151		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
152		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
153		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
154		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.12.9 defaults,
155		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
156	Do not complain about -ba when submitting mail.  Problem noted
157		by Derek Wueppelmann.
158	Fix compilation with Berkeley DB 1.85 on systems that do not
159		have flock(2).  Problem noted by Andy Harper of Kings
160		College London.
161	Properly initialize data structure for dns maps to avoid various
162		errors, e.g., looping processes.  Problem noted by
163		Maurice Makaay of InterNLnet B.V.
164	CONFIG: Prevent multiple application of rule to add smart host.
165		Patch from Andrzej Filip.
166	CONFIG: Fix queue group declaration in MAILER(`usenet').
167	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: New option -t builds the virtusertable
168		text file instead of the database map.
169	Portability:
170		Revert wrong change made in 8.12.7 and actually use the
171			builtin getopt() version in sendmail on Linux.
172			This can be overridden by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0
173			in which case the OS supplied version will be used.
174
1758.12.8/8.12.8	2003/02/11
176	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
177		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
178		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
179		of ISS X-Force.
180	Fix a potential non-exploitable buffer overflow in parsing the
181		.cf queue settings and potential buffer underflow in
182		parsing ident responses.  Problem noted by Yichen Xie of
183		Stanford University Compilation Group.
184	Fix ETRN #queuegroup command: actually start a queue run for
185		the selected queue group.  Problem noted by Jos Vos.
186	If MaxMimeHeaderLength is set and a malformed MIME header is fixed,
187		log the fixup as "Fixed MIME header" instead of "Truncated
188		MIME header".  Problem noted by Ian J Hart.
189	CONFIG: Fix regression bug in proto.m4 that caused a bogus
190		error message: "FEATURE() should be before MAILER()".
191	MAIL.LOCAL: Be more explicit in some error cases, i.e., whether
192		a mailbox has more than one link or whether it is not
193		a regular file.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
194
1958.12.7/8.12.7	2002/12/29
196	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
197		across various connections.  This could cause session
198		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
199		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
200		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
201	Do not lookup MX records when sorting the MSP queue.  The MSP
202		only needs to relay all mail to the MTA.  Problem found
203		by Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
204	Do not restrict the length of connection information to 100
205		characters in some logging statements.  Problem noted by
206		Erik Parker.
207	When converting an enhanced status code to an exit status, use
208		EX_CONFIG if the first digit is not 2, 4, or 5 or if *.1.5
209		is used.
210	Reset macro $x when receiving another MAIL command.  Problem
211		noted by Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
212	Don't bother setting the permissions on the build area statistics
213		file, the proper permissions will be put on the file at
214		install time.  This fixes installation over NFS for some
215		users.  Problem noted by Martin J. Dellwo of 3-Dimensional
216		Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
217	Fix problem of decoding SASLv2 encrypted data.  Problem noted by
218		Alex Deiter of Mobile TeleSystems, Komi Republic.
219	Log milter socket open errors at MilterLogLevel 1 or higher instead
220		of 11 or higher.
221	Print early system errors to the console instead of silently
222		exiting.  Problem noted by James Jong of IBM.
223	Do not process a queue group if Runners is set to 0, regardless
224		of whether F=f or sendmail is run in verbose mode (-v).
225		The use of -qGname will still force queue group "name"
226		to be run even if Runners=0.
227	Change the level for logging the fact that a daemon is refusing
228		connections due to high load from LOG_INFO to LOG_NOTICE.
229		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
230	Use location information for submit.cf from NetInfo
231		(/locations/sendmail/submit.cf) if available.
232	Re-enable ForkEachJob which was lost in 8.12.0.  Problem noted by
233		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
234	Make behavior of /canon in debug mode consistent with usage in
235		rulesets.  Patch from Shigeno Kazutaka of IIJ.
236	Fix a potential memory leak in envelope splitting.  Problem noted
237		by John Majikes of IBM.
238	Do not try to share an mailbox database LDAP connection across
239		different processes.  Problem noted by Randy Kunkee.
240	Fix logging for undelivered recipients when the SMTP connection
241		times out during message collection.  Problem noted by Neil
242		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
243	Avoid problems with QueueSortOrder=random due to problems with
244		qsort() on Solaris (and maybe some other operating systems).
245		Problem noted by Stephan Schulz of Gruner+Jahr..
246	If -f "" is specified, set the sender address to "<>".  Problem
247		noted by Matthias Andree.
248	Fix formatting problem of footnotes for plain text output on some
249		versions of tmac.  Patch from Per Hedeland.
250	Portability:
251		Berkeley DB 4.1 support (requires at least 4.1.25).
252		Some getopt(3) implementations in GNU/Linux are broken
253			and pass a NULL pointer to an option which requires
254			an argument, hence the builtin version of
255			sendmail is used instead.  This can be overridden
256			by using -DSM_CONF_GETOPT=0.  Problem noted by
257			Vlado Potisk of Wigro s.r.o.
258		Support for nph-1.2.0 from Mark D. Roth of the University
259			of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
260		Support for FreeBSD 5.0's MAC labeling from Robert Watson
261			of the TrustedBSD Project.
262		Support for reading the number of processors on an IRIX
263			system from Michel Bourget of SGI.
264		Support for UnixWare 7.1 based on input from Larry Rosenman.
265		Interix support from Nedelcho Stanev of Atlantic Sky
266			Corporation.
267		Update Mac OS X/Darwin portability from Wilfredo Sanchez.
268	CONFIG: Enforce tls_client restrictions even if delay_checks
269		is used.  Problem noted by Malte Starostik.
270	CONFIG: Deal with an empty hostname created via bogus
271		DNS entries to get around access restrictions.
272		Problem noted by Kai Schlichting.
273	CONFIG: Use FEATURE(`msp', `[127.0.0.1]') in submit.mc by default
274		to avoid problems with hostname resolution for localhost
275		which on many systems does not resolve to 127.0.0.1 (or
276		::1 for IPv6).  If you do not use IPv4 but only IPv6 then
277		you need to change submit.mc accordingly, see the comment
278		in the file itself.
279	CONFIG: Set confDONT_INIT_GROUPS to True in submit.mc to avoid
280		error messages from initgroups(3) on AIX 4.3 when sending
281		mail to non-existing users. Problem noted by Mark Roth of
282		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
283	CONFIG: Allow local_procmail to override local_lmtp settings.
284	CONFIG: Always allow connections from 127.0.0.1 or IPv6:::1 to
285		relay.
286	CONTRIB: cidrexpand: Deal with the prefix tags that may be included
287		in access_db.
288	CONTRIB: New version of doublebounce.pl contributed by Leo Bicknell.
289	LIBMILTER: On Solaris libmilter may get into an endless loop if
290		an error in the communication from/to the MTA occurs.
291		Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of Active State.
292	LIBMILTER: Ignore EINTR from sigwait(3) which may happen on Tru64.
293		Patch from from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole
294		Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
295	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
296		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
297		Sun Microsystems.
298	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a potential file descriptor leak if mkstemp(3)
299		fails.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
300	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
301		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
302		iDEFENSE, Inc.
303	New Files:
304		devtools/OS/Interix
305		include/sm/bdb.h
306
3078.12.6/8.12.6	2002/08/26
308	Do not add the FallbackMXhost (or its MX records) to the list
309		returned by the bestmx map when -z is used as option.
310		Otherwise sendmail may act as an open relay if FallbackMXhost
311		and FEATURE(`relay_based_on_MX') are used together.
312		Problem noted by Alexander Ignatyev.
313	Properly split owner- mailing list messages when SuperSafe is set
314		to interactive.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
315		Courtesan Consulting.
316	Make sure that an envelope is queued in the selected queue group
317		even if some recipients are deleted or invalid.  Problem
318		found by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
319	Do not send a bounce message if a message is completely collected
320		from the SMTP client.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
321		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
322	Provide an 'install-submit-st' target for sendmail/Makefile to
323		install the MSP statistics file using the file named in the
324		confMSP_STFILE devtools variable.  Requested by Jeff
325		Earickson of Colby College.
326	Queue up mail with a temporary error if setusercontext() fails
327		during a delivery attempt.  Patch from Todd C. Miller of
328		Courtesan Consulting.
329	Fix handling of base64 encoded client authentication data for
330		SMTP AUTH.  Patch from Elena Slobodnik of life medien GmbH.
331	Set the OpenLDAP option LDAP_OPT_RESTART so the client libraries
332		restart interrupted system calls.  Problem noted by Luiz
333		Henrique Duma of BSIOne.
334	Prevent a segmentation fault if a program passed a NULL envp using
335		execve().
336	Document a problem with the counting of queue runners that may
337		cause delays if MaxQueueChildren is set too low. Problem
338		noted by Ian Duplisse of Cable Television Laboratories, Inc.
339	If discarding a message based on a recipient, don't try to look up
340		the recipient in the mailbox database if F=w is set.  This
341		allows users to discard bogus recipients when dealing with
342		spammers without tipping them off.  Problem noted by Neil
343		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
344	If applying a header check to a header with unstructured data,
345		e.g., Subject:, then do not run syntax checks that are
346		supposed for addresses on the header content.
347	Count messages rejected/discarded via the check_data ruleset.
348	Portability:
349		Fix compilation on systems which do not allow simple
350			copying of the variable argument va_list.  Based on
351			fix from Scott Walters.
352		Fix NSD map open bug.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
353		Add some additional IRIX shells to the default shell
354			list.  From Michel Bourget of SGI.
355		Fix compilation issues on Mac OS X 10.2 (Darwin 6.0).
356			NETISO support has been dropped.
357	CONFIG: There was a seemingly minor change in 8.12.4 with respect
358		to handling entries of IP nets/addresses with RHS REJECT.
359		These would be rejected in check_rcpt instead of only
360		being activated in check_relay.  This change has been made to
361		avoid potential bogus temporary rejection of relay attempts
362		"450 4.7.1 Relaying temporarily denied. Cannot resolve PTR
363		record for ..." if delay_checks is enabled.  However, this
364		modification causes a change of behavior if an IP net/address
365		is listed in the access map with REJECT and a host/domain
366		name is listed with OK or RELAY, hence it has been reversed
367		such that the behavior of 8.12.3 is restored.  The original
368		change was made on request of Neil Rickert of Northern
369		Illinois University, the side effect has been found by
370		Stefaan Van Hoornick.
371	CONFIG: Make sure delay_checks works even for sender addresses
372		using the local hostname ($j) or domains in class {P}.
373		Based on patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
374		University.
375	CONFIG: Fix temporary error handling for LDAP Routing lookups.
376		Fix from Andrzej Filip.
377	CONTRIB: New version of etrn.pl script and external man page
378		(etrn.0) from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
379	LIBMILTER: Protect a free(3) operation from being called with a
380		NULL pointer.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
381	LIBMILTER: Protect against more interrupted select() calls.  Based
382		on patch from Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
383		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
384	New Files:
385		contrib/etrn.0
386
3878.12.5/8.12.5	2002/06/25
388	SECURITY: The DNS map can cause a buffer overflow if the user
389		specifies a dns map using TXT records in the configuration
390		file and a rogue DNS server is queried.  None of the
391		sendmail supplied configuration files use this option hence
392		they are not vulnerable.  Problem noted independently by
393		Joost Pol of PINE Internet and Anton Rang of Sun Microsystems.
394	Unprintable characters in responses from DNS servers for the DNS
395		map type are changed to 'X' to avoid potential problems
396		with rogue DNS servers.
397	Require a suboption when setting the Milter option.  Problem noted
398		by Bryan Costales.
399	Do not silently overwrite command line settings for
400		DirectSubmissionModifiers.  Problem noted by Bryan
401		Costales.
402	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
403		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
404		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
405		Polytechnic Institute.
406	Close a potential race condition in transitioning a memory buffered
407		file onto disk.  From Janani Devarajan of Sun Microsystems.
408	Portability:
409		Include paths.h on Linux systems running glibc 2.0 or later
410			to get the definition for _PATH_SENDMAIL, used by
411			rmail and vacation.  Problem noted by Kevin
412			A. McGrail of Peregrine Hardware.
413		NOTE: Linux appears to have broken flock() again.  Unless
414			the bug is fixed before sendmail 8.13 is shipped,
415			8.13 will change the default locking method to
416			fcntl() for Linux kernel 2.4 and later.  You may
417			want to do this in 8.12 by compiling with
418			-DHASFLOCK=0.  Be sure to update other sendmail
419			related programs to match locking techniques.
420
4218.12.4/8.12.4	2002/06/03
422	SECURITY: Inherent limitations in the UNIX file locking model
423		can leave systems open to a local denial of service
424		attack.  Be sure to read the "FILE AND MAP PERMISSIONS"
425		section of the top level README for more information.
426		Problem noted by lumpy.
427	Use TempFileMode (defaults to 0600) for the permissions of PidFile
428		instead of 0644.
429	Change the default file permissions for new alias database files
430		from 0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
431		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
432	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
433		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
434		Purdue University.
435	Expand macros before passing them to libmilter.  Problem noted
436		by Jose Marcio Martins da Cruz of Ecole Nationale
437		Superieure des Mines de Paris.
438	Rewind the df (message body) before truncating it when libmilter
439		replaces the body of a message.  Problem noted by Gisle Aas
440		of Active State.
441	Change SMTP reply code for AUTH failure from 500 to 535 and the
442		initial zero-length response to "=" per RFC 2554.  Patches
443		from Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
444	Do not try to fix broken message/rfc822 MIME attachments by
445		inserting a MIME-Version: header when MaxMimeHeaderLength
446		is set and no 8 to 7 bit conversion is needed.  Based on
447		patch from Rehor Petr of ICZ (Czech Republic).
448	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" if the connection
449		is rejected anyway.  Noted by Chris Loelke.
450	Mention the submission mail queue in the mailq man page.  Requested
451		by Bill Fenner of AT&T.
452	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
453		or the queue.
454	Detach from shared memory before dropping privileges back to
455		user who started sendmail.
456	If AllowBogusHELO is set to false (default) then also complain if
457		the argument to HELO/EHLO contains white space.  Suggested
458		by Seva Gluschenko of Cronyx Plus.
459	Allow symbolicly linked forward files in writable directory paths
460		if both ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath and
461		LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir DontBlameSendmail options
462		are set.  Problem noted by Werner Spirk of
463		Leibniz-Rechenzentrum Munich.
464	Portability:
465		Operating systems that lack the ftruncate() call will not
466			be able to use Milter's body replacement feature.
467			This only affects Altos, Maxion, and MPE/iX.
468		Digital UNIX 5.0 has changed flock() semantics to be
469			non-compliant.  Problem noted by Martin Mokrejs of
470			Charles University in Prague.
471		The sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0 now supports shared
472			memory.
473	CONFIG: FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') needs the macro map.
474		Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
475	CONFIG: Using 'local:' as a mailertable value with
476		FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') and LUSER_RELAY caused mail
477		to be misaddressed.  Problem noted by Andrzej Filip.
478	CONFIG: Provide a workaround for DNS based rejection lists that
479		fail for AAAA queries.  Problem noted by Chris Boyd.
480	CONFIG: Accept the machine's hostname as resolvable when checking
481		the sender address.  This allows locally submitted mail to
482		be accepted if the machine isn't connected to a nameserver
483		and doesn't have an /etc/hosts entry for itself.  Problem
484		noted by Robert Watson of the TrustedBSD Project.
485	CONFIG: Use deferred expansion for checking the ${deliveryMode}
486		macro in case the SMTP VERB command is used.  Problem
487		noted by Bryan Costales.
488	CONFIG: Avoid a duplicate '@domain' virtusertable lookup if no
489		matches are found.  Fix from Andrzej Filip.
490	CONFIG: Fix wording in default dnsbl rejection message.  Suggested
491		by Lou Katz of Metron Computerware, Ltd.
492	CONFIG: Add mailer cyrusv2 for Cyrus V2.  Contributed by
493		Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
494	CONTRIB: Fix wording in default dnsblaccess rejection message to
495		match dnsbl change.
496	DEVTOOLS: Add new option for access mode of statistics file,
497		confSTMODE, which specifies the permissions when initially
498		installing the sendmail statistics file.
499	LIBMILTER: Mark the listening socket as close-on-exec in case
500		a user's filter starts other applications.
501	LIBSM: Allow the MBDB initialize, lookup, and/or terminate
502		functions in SmMbdbTypes to be set to NULL.
503	MAKEMAP: Change the default file permissions for new databases from
504		0644 to 0640.  This can be overridden at compile time
505		by setting the DBMMODE macro.
506	SMRSH: Fix man page bug: replace SMRSH_CMDBIN with SMRSH_CMDDIR.
507		Problem noted by Dave Alden of Ohio State University.
508	VACATION: When listing the vacation database (-l), don't show
509		bogus timestamps for excluded (-x) addresses.  Problem
510		noted by Bryan Costales.
511	New Files:
512		cf/mailer/cyrusv2.m4
513
5148.12.3/8.12.3	2002/04/05
515	NOTICE: In general queue files should not be moved if queue groups
516		are used.  In previous versions this could cause mail
517		not to be delivered if a queue file is repeatedly moved
518		by an external process whenever sendmail moved it back
519		into the right place.  Some precautions have been taken
520		to avoid moving queue files if not really necessary.
521		sendmail may use links to refer to queue files and it
522		may store the path of data files in queue files.  Hence
523		queue files should not be moved unless those internals
524		are understood and the integrity of the files is not
525		compromised.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia
526		University.
527	If an error mail is created, and the mail is split across different
528		queue directories, and SuperSafe is off, then write the mail
529		to disk before splitting it, otherwise an assertion is
530		triggered.  Problem tracked down by Henning Schmiedehausen
531		of INTERMETA.
532	Fix possible race condition that could cause sendmail to forget
533		running queues.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.
534	Handle bogus qf files better without triggering assertions.
535		Problem noted by Guy Feltin.
536	Protect against interrupted select() call when enforcing Milter
537		read and write timeouts.  Patch from Gurusamy Sarathy of
538		ActiveState.
539	Matching queue IDs with -qI should be case sensitive.  Problem
540		noted by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
541	If privileges have been dropped, don't try to change group ID to
542		the RunAsUser group.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
543		Northern Illinois University.
544	Fix SafeFileEnvironment path munging when the specified path
545		contains a trailing slash.  Based on patch from Dirk Meyer
546		of Dinoex.
547	Do not limit sendmail command line length to SM_ARG_MAX (usually
548		4096).  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
549		Polytechnic Institute.
550	Clear full name of sender for each new envelope to avoid bogus data
551		if several mails are sent in one session and some of them
552		do not have a From: header.  Problem noted by Bas Haakman.
553	Change timeout check such that cached information about a connection
554		will be immediately invalid if ConnectionCacheTimeout is zero.
555		Based on patch from David Burns of Portland State University.
556	Properly count message size for mailstats during mail collection.
557		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
558	Log complete response from LMTP delivery agent on failure.  Based on
559		patch from by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
560	Provide workaround for getopt() implementations that do not catch
561		missing arguments.
562	Fix the message size calculation if the message body is replaced by
563		a milter filter and buffered file I/O is being used.
564		Problem noted by Sergey Akhapkin of Dr.Web.
565	Do not honor SIGUSR1 requests if running with extra privileges.
566		Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
567	Prevent a file descriptor leak on mail delivery if the initial
568		connect fails and DialDelay is set.  Patch from Servaas
569		Vandenberghe of Katholieke Universiteit Leuven.
570	Properly deal with a case where sendmail is called by root running
571		a set-user-ID (non-root) program.  Problem noted by Jon
572		Lusky of ISS Atlanta.
573	Avoid leaving behind stray transcript (xf) files if multiple queue
574		directories are used and mail is sent to a mailing list
575		which has an owner- alias.  Problem noted by Anne Bennett
576		of Concordia University.
577	Fix class map parsing code if optional key is specified.  Problem
578		found by Mario Nigrovic.
579	The SMTP daemon no longer tries to fix up improperly dot-stuffed
580		incoming messages.  A leading dot is always stripped by the
581		SMTP receiver regardless of whether or not it is followed by
582		another dot.  Problem noted by Jordan Ritter of darkridge.com.
583	Fix corruption when doing automatic MIME 7-bit quoted-printable or
584		base64 encoding to 8-bit text.  Problem noted by Mark
585		Elvers.
586	Correct the statistics gathered for total number of connections.
587		Instead of being the exact same number as the total number
588		of messages (T line in mailstats) it now represents the
589		total number of TCP connections.
590	Be more explicit about syntax errors in addresses, especially
591		non-ASCII characters, and properly create DSNs if necessary.
592		Problem noted by Leena Heino of the University of Tampere.
593	Prevent small timeouts from being lost on slow machines if itimers
594		are used.  Problem noted by Suresh Ramasubramanian.
595	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
596		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
597		Texas.
598	Change the SMTP error code for temporary map failures from 421
599		to 451.
600	Do not assume that realloc(NULL, size) works on all OS (this was
601		only done in one place: queue group creation).  Based on
602		patch by Bryan Costales.
603	Initialize Timeout.iconnect in the code to prevent randomly short
604		timeouts.  Problem noted by Bradley Watts of AT&T Canada.
605	Do not try to send a second SMTP QUIT command if the remote
606		responds to a MAIL command with a 421 reply or on I/O
607		errors.  By doing so, the host was marked as having a
608		temporary problem and other mail destined for that host was
609		queued for the next queue run.  Problem noted by Fletcher
610		Mattox of the University of Texas, Allan E Johannesen of
611		Worcester Polytechnic Institute, Larry Greenfield of CMU,
612		and Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
613	Ignore error replies from the SMTP QUIT command (including servers
614		which drop the connection instead of responding to the
615		command).
616	Portability:
617		Check LDAP_API_VERSION to determine if ldap_memfree() is
618			available.
619		Define HPUX10 when building on HP-UX 10.X.  That platform
620			now gets the proper _PATH_SENDMAIL and SMRSH_CMDDIR
621			settings.  Patch from Elias Halldor Agustsson of
622			Skyrr.
623		Fix dependency building on Mac OS X and Darwin.  Problem
624			noted by John Beck.
625		Preliminary support for the sparc64 port of FreeBSD 5.0.
626		Add /sbin/sh as an acceptable user shell on HP-UX.  From
627			Rajesh Somasund of Hewlett-Packard.
628	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(`authinfo') to allow a separate database for
629		SMTP AUTH information.  This feature was actually added in
630		8.12.0 but a release note was not included.
631	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
632		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
633		error.
634	CONFIG: Honor FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') when using
635		FEATURE(`relay_mail_from', `domain').  Problem noted by
636		Krzysztof Oledzki.
637	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') now disables any type of alias
638		initialization as aliases are not needed for the MSP.
639	CONFIG: Allow users to override RELAY_MAILER_ARGS when FEATURE(`msp')
640		is in use.  Patch from Andrzej Filip.
641	CONFIG: FEATURE(`msp') uses `[localhost]' as default instead of
642		`localhost' and turns on MX lookups for the SMTP mailers.
643		This will only have an effect if a parameter is specified,
644		i.e., an MX lookup will be performed on the hostname unless
645		it is embedded in square brackets.  Problem noted by
646		Theo Van Dinter of Collective Technologies.
647	CONFIG: Set confTIME_ZONE to USE_TZ in submit.mc (TimeZoneSpec= in
648		submit.cf) to use $TZ for time stamps.  This is a compromise
649		to allow for the proper time zone on systems where the
650		default results in misleading time stamps. That is, syslog
651		time stamps and Date headers on submitted mail will use the
652		user's $TZ setting.  Problem noted by Mark Roth of the
653		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, solution proposed
654		by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
655	CONFIG: Mac OS X (Darwin) ships with mail.local as non-set-user-ID
656		binary.  Adjust local mailer flags accordingly.  Problem
657		noted by John Beck.
658	CONTRIB: Add a warning to qtool.pl to not move queue files around
659		if queue groups are used.
660	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Add -f option to force rebuild.
661	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add -f option to specify control socket.
662	CONTRIB: smcontrol.pl: Add support for 'memdump' command.
663		Suggested by Bryan Costales.
664	DEVTOOLS: Add dependency generation for test programs.
665	LIBMILTER: Remove conversion of port number for the socket
666		structure that is passed to xxfi_connect().  Notice:
667		this fix requires that sendmail and libmilter both have
668		this change; mixing versions may lead to wrong port
669		values depending on the endianness of the involved systems.
670		Problem noted by Gisle Aas of ActiveState.
671	LIBMILTER: If smfi_setreply() sets a custom reply code of '4XX' but
672		SMFI_REJECT is returned, ignore the custom reply.  Do the
673		same if '5XX' is used and SMFI_TEMPFAIL is returned.
674	LIBMILTER: Install include files in ${INCLUDEDIR}/libmilter/ as
675		required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by Jose Marcio Martins
676		da Cruz of Ecole Nationale Superieure des Mines de Paris.
677	LIBSM: Add SM_CONF_LDAP_MEMFREE as a configuration define.  Set
678		this to 1 if your LDAP client libraries include
679		ldap_memfree().
680	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
681		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
682	SMRSH: Fix compilation problem on some operating systems.  Problem
683		noted by Christian Krackowizer of schuler technodat GmbH.
684	VACATION: Allow root to operate on user vacation databases.  Based
685		on patch from Greg Couch of the University of California,
686		San Francisco.
687	VACATION: Don't ignore -C option.  Based on patch by Bryan Costales.
688	VACATION: Clarify option usage in the man page.  Problem noted by
689		Joe Barbish.
690	New Files:
691		libmilter/docs/smfi_setbacklog.html
692
6938.12.2/8.12.2	2002/01/13
694	Don't complain too much if stdin, stdout, or stderr are missing
695		at startup, only log an error message.
696	Fix potential problem if an unknown operation mode (character
697		following -b) has been specified.
698	Prevent purgestat from looping even if someone changes the
699		permissions or owner of hoststatus files.  Problem noted
700		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
701	Properly record dropped connections in persistent host status.
702		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat
703		Regensburg.
704	Remove newlines from recipients read via sendmail -t to prevent
705		SMTP protocol errors when sending the RCPT command.
706		Problem noted by William D. Colburn of the New Mexico
707		Institute of Mining and Technology.
708	Only log milter body replacements once instead of for each body
709		chunk sent by a filter.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
710		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
711	In 8.12.0 and 8.12.1, the headers were mistakenly not included in
712		the message size calculation.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
713		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
714	Since 8.12 no longer forks at the SMTP MAIL command, the daemon
715		needs to collect children status to avoid zombie processes.
716		Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY Informations Services.
717	Shut down "nullserver" and ETRN-only connections after 25 bad
718		commands are issued.  This makes it consistent with normal
719		SMTP connections.
720	Avoid duplicate logging of milter rejections.  Problem noted by
721		William D. Colburn of the New Mexico Institute of Mining
722		and Technology.
723	Error and delay DSNs were being sent to postmaster instead of the
724		message sender if the sender had used a deprecated RFC822
725		source route.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
726		Meteorological Institute.
727	Fix FallbackMXhost behavior for temporary errors during address
728		parsing.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak from Coastal Web
729		Online.
730	For systems on which stat(2) does not return a value for st_blksize
731		that is the "optimal blocksize for I/O" three new compile
732		time flags are available: SM_IO_MAX_BUF_FILE, SM_IO_MIN_BUF,
733		and SM_IO_MAX_BUF, which define an upper limit for
734		regular files, and a lower and upper limit for other file
735		types, respectively.
736	Fix a potential deadlock if two events are supposed to occur at
737		exactly the same time.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks
738		of Virginia Tech.
739	Perform envelope splitting for aliases listed directly in the
740		alias file, not just for include/.forward files.
741		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
742	Allow selection of queue group for mailq using -qGgroup.
743		Based on patch by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
744	Make sure cached LDAP connections used my multiple maps in the same
745		process are closed.  Patch from Taso N. Devetzis.
746	If running as root, allow reading of class files in protected
747		directories.  Patch from Alexander Talos of the University
748		of Vienna.
749	Correct a few LDAP related memory leaks.  Patch from David Powell
750		of Sun Microsystems.
751	Allow specification of an empty realm via the authinfo ruleset.
752		This is necessary to interoperate as an SMTP AUTH client
753		with servers that do not support realms when using
754		CRAM-MD5.  Problem noted by Bjoern Voigt of TU Berlin.
755	Avoid a potential information leak if AUTH PLAIN is used and the
756		server gets stuck while processing that command.  Problem
757		noted by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
758	In addition to printing errors when parsing recipients during
759		command line invocations log them to make it simpler
760		to understand possible DSNs to postmaster.
761	Do not use FallbackMXhost on mailers which have the F=0 flag set.
762	Allow local mailers (F=l) to specify a host for TCP connections
763		instead of forcing localhost.
764	Obey ${DESTDIR} for installation of the client mail queue and
765		submit.cf.  Patch from Peter 'Luna' Runestig.
766	Re-enable support for -M option which was broken in 8.12.1.  Problem
767		noted by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
768	If a remote server violates the SMTP standard by unexpectedly
769		dropping the connection during an SMTP transaction, stop
770		sending commands.  This prevents bogus "Bad file number"
771		recipient status.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
772		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
773	Do not use a size estimate of 100 for postmaster bounces, it's
774		almost always too small; do not guess the size at all.
775	New VENDOR_DEC for Compaq/DEC.  Requested by James Seagraves of
776		Compaq Computer Corp.
777	Fix DaemonPortOptions IPv6 address parsing such that ::1 works
778		properly.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia
779		Tech.
780	Portability:
781		Fix IPv6 network interface probing on HP-UX 11.X.  Based on
782			patch provided by HP.
783		Mac OS X (aka Darwin) has a broken setreuid() call, but a
784			working seteuid() call.  From Daniel J. Luke.
785		Use proper type for a 32-bit integer on SINIX.  From Ganu
786			Sachin of Siemens.
787		Set SM_IO_MIN_BUF (4K) and SM_IO_MAX_BUF (8K) for HP-UX.
788		Reduce optimization from +O3 to +O2 on HP-UX 11.  This
789			fixes a problem that caused additional bogus
790			characters to be written to the qf file.  Problem
791			noted by Tapani Tarvainen.
792		Set LDA_USE_LOCKF by default for UnixWare.  Problem noted
793			by Boyd Lynn Gerber.
794		Add support for HP MPE/iX.  See sendmail/README for port
795			information.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
796		New portability defines HASNICE, HASRRESVPORT, USE_ENVIRON,
797			USE_DOUBLE_FORK, and NEEDLINK.  See sendmail/README
798			for more information.  From Mark Bixby of
799			Hewlett-Packard.
800		If an OS doesn't have a method of finding free disk space
801			(SFS_NONE), lie and say there is plenty of space.
802			From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
803		Add support for AIX 5.1.  From Valdis Kletnieks of
804			Virginia Tech.
805		Fix man page location for NeXTSTEP.  From Hisanori Gogota
806			of the NTT/InterCommunication Center.
807		Do not assume that strerror() always returns a string.
808			Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
809	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd5) for FreeBSD 5.X, which has removed
810		UUCP from the base operating system.  From Mark Murray of
811		FreeBSD Services, Ltd.
812	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(mpeix) and a generic .mc file for HP MPE/iX
813		systems.  From Mark Bixby of Hewlett-Packard.
814	CONFIG: Add support for selecting a queue group for all mailers.
815		Based on proposal by Stephen L. Ulmer of the University of
816		Florida.
817	CONFIG: Fix error reporting for compat_check.m4.  Problem noted by
818		Altin Waldmann.
819	CONFIG: Do not override user selections for confRUN_AS_USER and
820		confTRUSTED_USER in FEATURE(msp).  From Mark Bixby of
821		Hewlett-Packard.
822	LIBMILTER: Fix bug that prevented the removal of a socket after
823		libmilter terminated.  Problem reported by Andrey V. Pevnev
824		of MSFU.
825	LIBMILTER: Fix configuration error that required libsm for linking.
826		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
827		Institute.
828	LIBMILTER: Portability fix for OpenUNIX.  Patch from Larry Rosenman.
829	LIBMILTER: Fix a theoretical memory leak and a possible attempt
830		to free memory twice.
831	LIBSM: Fix a potential segmentation violation in the I/O library.
832		Problem found and analyzed by John Beck and Tim Haley
833		of Sun Microsystems.
834	LIBSM: Do not clear the LDAP configuration information when
835		terminating the mailbox database connection in the LDAP
836		example code.  Problem noted by Nikos Voutsinas of the
837		University of Athens.
838	New Files:
839		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.cf
840		cf/cf/generic-mpeix.mc
841		cf/ostype/freebsd5.m4
842		cf/ostype/mpeix.m4
843		devtools/OS/AIX.5.1
844		devtools/OS/MPE-iX
845		include/sm/os/sm_os_mpeix.h
846		libsm/mpeix.c
847
8488.12.1/8.12.1	2001/10/01
849	SECURITY: Check whether dropping group privileges actually succeeded
850		to avoid possible compromises of the mail system by
851		supplying bogus data.  Add configuration options for
852		different set*gid() calls to reset saved gid.  Problem
853		found by Michal Zalewski.
854	PRIVACY: Prevent information leakage when sendmail has extra
855		privileges by disabling debugging (command line -d flag)
856		during queue runs and disabling ETRN when sendmail -bs is
857		used.  Suggested by Michal Zalewski.
858	Avoid memory corruption problems resulting from bogus .cf files.
859		Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
860	Set the ${server_addr} macro to name of mailer when doing LMTP
861		delivery.  LMTP systems may offer SMTP Authentication or
862		STARTTLS causing sendmail to use this macro in rulesets.
863	If debugging is turned on (-d0.10) print not just the default
864		values for configuration file and pid file but also the
865		selected values.  Problem noted by Brad Chapman.
866	Continue dealing with broken nameservers by ignoring SERVFAIL
867		errors returned on T_AAAA (IPv6) lookups at delivery time
868		if ResolverOptions=WorkAroundBrokenAAAA is set.  Previously
869		this only applied to hostname canonification.  Problem
870		noted by Bill Fenner of AT&T Research.
871	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
872		canonical name for a host.
873	When sendmail has extra privileges, limit mail submission command
874		line flags (i.e., -G, -h, -F, etc.)  to mail submission
875		operating modes (i.e., -bm, -bs, -bv, etc.).  Idea based on
876		suggestion from Michal Zalewski.
877	Portability:
878		AIX: Use `oslevel` if available to determine OS version.
879			`uname` does not given complete information.
880			Problem noted by Keith Neufeld of the Cessna
881			Aircraft Company.
882		OpenUNIX: Use lockf() for LDA delivery (affects mail.local).
883			Problem noticed by Boyd Lynn Gerber of ZENEX.
884		Avoid compiler warnings by not using pointers to pass
885			integers.  Problem noted by Todd C. Miller of
886			Courtesan Consulting.
887	CONFIG: Add restrictqrun to PrivacyOptions for the MSP to minimize
888		problems with potential misconfigurations.
889	CONFIG: Fix comment showing default value of MaxHopCount.  Problem
890		noted by Greg Robinson of the Defence Science and
891		Technology Organisation of Australia.
892	CONFIG: dnsbl: If an argument specifies an error message in case
893		of temporary lookup failures for DNS based blacklists
894		then use it.
895	LIBMILTER: Install mfdef.h, required by mfapi.h.  Problem noted by
896		Richard A. Nelson of Debian.
897	LIBMILTER: Add __P definition for OS that lack it.  Problem noted
898		by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
899	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
900		and vacation.
901	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
902		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
903		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
904	New Files:
905		test/Build
906		test/Makefile
907		test/Makefile.m4
908		test/README
909		test/t_dropgid.c
910		test/t_setgid.c
911	Deleted Files:
912		include/sm/stdio.h
913		include/sm/sysstat.h
914
9158.12.0/8.12.0	2001/09/08
916	*NOTICE*: The default installation of sendmail does not use
917		set-user-ID root anymore.  You need to create a new user and
918		a new group before installing sendmail (both called smmsp by
919		default).  The installation process tries to install
920		/etc/mail/submit.cf and creates /var/spool/clientmqueue by
921		default.  Please see sendmail/SECURITY for details.
922	SECURITY: Check for group and world writable forward and :include:
923		files.  These checks can be turned off if absolutely
924		necessary using the DontBlameSendmail option and the new
925		flags:
926			GroupWritableForwardFile
927			WorldWritableForwardFile
928			GroupWritableIncludeFile
929			WorldWritableIncludeFile
930		Problem noted by Slawek Zak of Politechnika Warszawska,
931	SECURITY: Drop privileges when using address test mode.  Suggested
932		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
933		(IdS).
934	Fixed problem of a global variable being used for a timeout jump
935		point where the variable could become overused for more than
936		one timeout concurrently.  This erroneous behavior resulted in
937		a corrupted stack causing a core dump.  The timeout is now
938		handled via libsm.  Problem noted by Michael Shapiro,
939		John Beck, and Carl Smith of Sun Microsystems.
940	If sendmail is set-group-ID then that group ID is used for permission
941		checks (group ID of RunAsUser).  This allows use of a
942		set-group-ID sendmail binary for initial message submission
943		and no set-user-ID root sendmail is needed.  For details
944		see sendmail/SECURITY.
945	Log a warning if a non-trusted user changes the syslog label.
946		Based on notice from Bryan Costales of SL3D, Inc.
947	If sendmail is called for initial delivery, try to use submit.cf
948		with a fallback of sendmail.cf as configuration file.  See
949		sendmail/SECURITY.
950	New configuration file option UseMSP to allow group writable queue
951		files if the group is the same as that of a set-group-ID
952		sendmail binary.  See sendmail/SECURITY.
953	The .cf file is chosen based on the operation mode. For -bm (default),
954		-bs, and -t it is submit.cf if it exists for all others it
955		is sendmail.cf (to be backward compatible).  This selection
956		can be changed by the new option -Ac or -Am (alternative .cf
957		file: client or mta).  See sendmail/SECURITY.
958	The SMTP server no longer forks on each MAIL command.  The ONEX
959		command has been removed.
960	Implement SMTP PIPELINING per RFC 2920.  It can be turned off
961		at compile time or per host (ruleset).
962	New option MailboxDatabase specifies the type of mailbox database
963		used to look up local mail recipients; the default value
964		is "pw", which means to use getpwnam().  New mailbox database
965		types can be added by adding custom code to libsm/mbdb.c.
966	Queue file names are now 15 characters long, rather than 14 characters
967		long, to accomodate envelope splitting.  File systems with
968		a 14 character file name length limit are no longer
969		supported.
970	Recipient list used for delivery now gets internally ordered by
971		hostsignature (character string version of MX RR).  This orders
972		recipients for the same MX RR's together meaning smaller
973		portions of the list need to be scanned (instead of the whole
974		list) each delivery() pass to determine piggybacking.  The
975		significance of the change is better the larger the recipient
976		list.  Hostsignature is now created during recipient list
977		creation rather than just before delivery.
978	Enhancements for more opportunistic piggybacking.  Previous
979		piggybacking (called coincidental) extended to coattail
980		piggybacking.  Rather than complete MX RR matching
981		(coincidental) piggybacking is done if just the lowest value
982		preference matches (coattail).
983	If sendmail receives a temporary error on a RCPT TO: command, it will
984		try other MX hosts if available.
985	DefaultAuthInfo can contain a list of mechanisms to be used for
986		outgoing (client-side) SMTP Authentication.
987	New modifier 'A' for DaemonPortOptions/ClientPortOptions to disable
988		AUTH (overrides 'a' modifier in DaemonPortOptions).  Based
989		on patch from Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
990	Enable AUTH mechanism EXTERNAL if STARTTLS is used.
991	A new ruleset authinfo can be used to return client side
992		authentication information for AUTH instead of DefaultAuthInfo.
993		Therefore the DefaultAuthInfo option is deprecated and will be
994		removed in future versions.
995	Accept any SMTP continuation code 3xy for AUTH even though RFC 2554
996		requires 334.  Mercury 1.48 is a known offender.
997	Add new option AuthMaxBits to limit the overall encryption strength
998		for the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).  See
999		doc/op/op.me for details.
1000	Introduce new STARTTLS related macros {cn_issuer}, {cn_subject},
1001		{cert_md5} which hold the CN (common name) of the CA that
1002		signed the presented certificate, the CN and the MD5 hash
1003		of the presented certificate, respectively.
1004	New ruleset try_tls to decide whether to try (as client) STARTTLS.
1005	New ruleset srv_features to enable/disable certain features in the
1006		server per connection.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1007	New ruleset tls_rcpt to decide whether to send e-mail to a particular
1008		recipient; useful to decide whether a conection is secure
1009		enough on a per recipient basis.
1010	New option TLSSrvOptions to modify some aspects of the server
1011		for STARTTLS.
1012	If no certificate has been requested, the macro {verify} has the
1013		value "NOT".
1014	New M=S modifier for ClientPortOptions/DaemonPortOptions to turn off
1015		using/offering STARTTLS when delivering/receiving e-mail.
1016	Macro expand filenames/directories for certs and keys in the .cf file.
1017		Proposed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1018	Generate an ephemeral RSA key for a STARTTLS connection only if
1019		really required.  This change results in a noticable
1020		performance gains on most machines.  Moreover, if shared
1021		memory is in use, reuse the key several times.
1022	Add queue groups which can be used to group queue directories with
1023		the same behavior together.  See doc/op/op.me for details.
1024	If the new option FastSplit (defaults to one) has a value greater
1025		than zero, it suppresses the MX lookups on addresses when they
1026		are initially sorted which may result in faster envelope
1027		splitting.  If the mail is submitted directly from the
1028		command line, then the value also limits the number of
1029		processes to deliver the envelopes; if more envelopes are
1030		created they are only queued up and must be taken care of
1031		by a queue run.
1032	The check for 'enough disk space' now pays attention to which file
1033		system each queue directory resides in.
1034	All queue runners can be cleanly terminated via SIGTERM to parent.
1035	New option QueueFileMode for the default permissions of queue files.
1036	Add parallel queue runner code.  Allows multiple queue runners per work
1037		group (one or more queues in a multi-queue environment
1038		collected together) to process the same work list at the
1039		same time.
1040	Option MaxQueueChildren added to limit the number of concurrently
1041		active queue runner processes.
1042	New option MaxRunnersPerQueue to specify the maximum number of queue
1043		runners per queue group.
1044	Queue member selection by substring pattern matching now allows
1045		the pattern to be negated.  For -qI, -qR and -qS it is
1046		permissible for -q!I, -q!R and -q!S to mean remove members
1047		of the queue that match during processing.
1048	New -qp[time] option is similar to -qtime, except that instead of
1049		periodically forking a child to process the queue, a single
1050		child is forked for each queue that sleeps between queue
1051		runs.  A SIGHUP signal can be sent to restart this
1052		persistent queue runner.
1053	The SIGHUP signal now restarts a timed queue run process (i.e., a
1054		sendmail process which only runs the queue at an interval:
1055		sendmail -q15m).
1056	New option NiceQueueRun	to set the priority of queue runners.
1057		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1058	sendmail will run the queue(s) in the background when invoked with -q
1059		unless the new -qf option or -v is used.
1060	QueueSortOrder=Random sorts the queue randomly, which is useful if
1061		several queue runners are started by hand to avoid contention.
1062	QueueSortOrder=Modification sorts the queue by the modification time
1063		of the qf file (older entries first).
1064	Support Deliver By SMTP Service Extension (RFC 2852) which allows
1065		a client to specify an amount of time within which an e-mail
1066		should be delivered.  New option DeliverByMin added to set the
1067		minimum amount of time or disable the extension.
1068	Non-printable characters (ASCII: 0-31, 127) in mailbox addresses are
1069		not allowed unless escaped or quoted.
1070	Add support for a generic DNS map.  Based on a patch contributed
1071		by Leif Johansson of Stockholm University, which was based on
1072		work by Assar Westerlund of Swedish Institute of Computer
1073		Science, Kista, and Johan Danielsson of Royal Institute of
1074		Technology, Stockholm, Sweden.
1075	MX records will be looked up for FallBackMXhost.  To use the old
1076		behavior (no MX lookups), put the name in square brackets.
1077		Proposed by Thom O'Connor.
1078	Use shared memory to store free space of filesystems that are used
1079		for queues, if shared memory is available and if a key is set
1080		via SharedMemoryKey.  This minimizes the number of system
1081		calls to check the available space.  See doc/op/op.me for
1082		details.
1083	If shared memory is compiled in the option -bP can be used to print
1084		the number of entries in the queue(s).
1085	Enable generic mail filter API (milter).  See libmilter/README
1086		and the usual documentation for details.
1087	Remove AutoRebuildAliases option, deprecated since 8.10.
1088	Remove '-U' (initial user submission) command line option as
1089		announced in 8.10.
1090	Remove support for non-standard SMTP command XUSR.  Use an MSA instead.
1091	New macro {addr_type} which contains whether the current address is
1092		an envelope sender or recipient address.  Suggested by
1093		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1094	Two new options for host maps: -d (retransmission timeout),
1095		-r (number of retries).
1096	New option for LDAP maps: the -V<sep> allows you to specify a
1097		separator such that a lookup can return both an attribute
1098		and value separated by the given separator.
1099	Add new operators '%', '|', '&' (modulo, binary or, binary and)
1100		to map class arith.
1101	If DoubleBounceAddress expands to an empty string, ``double bounces''
1102		(errors that occur when sending an error message) are dropped.
1103	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableSASLDBFile and
1104		GroupWritableSASLDBFile to relax requirements for sasldb files.
1105	New DontBlameSendmail options GroupReadableKeyFile to relax
1106		requirements for files containing secret keys.  This is
1107		necessary for the MSP if client authentification is used.
1108	Properly handle quoted filenames for class files (to allow for
1109		filenames with spaces).
1110	Honor the resolver option RES_NOALIASES when canonifying hostnames.
1111	Add macros to avoid the reuse of {if_addr} etc:
1112		{if_name_out}	hostname of interface of outgoing connection.
1113		{if_addr_out}	address of interface of outgoing connection.
1114		{if_family_out}	family of interface of outgoing connection.
1115		The latter two are only set if the interface does not belong
1116		to the loopback net.
1117	Add macro {nrcpts} which holds the number of (validated) recipients.
1118	DialDelay option applies only to mailers with flag 'Z'.  Patch from
1119		Juergen Georgi of RUS University of Stuttgart.
1120	New Timeout.lhlo,auth,starttls options to limit the time waiting for
1121		an answer to the LMTP LHLO, SMTP AUTH or STARTTLS command.
1122	New Timeout.aconnect option to limit the overall waiting time for
1123		all connections for a single delivery attempt to succeed.
1124	Limit the rate recipients in the SMTP envelope are accepted once
1125		a threshold number of recipients has been rejected (option
1126		BadRcptThrottle).  From Gregory A Lundberg of the WU-FTPD
1127		Development Group.
1128	New option DelayLA to delay connections if the load averages
1129		exceeds the specified value.  The default of 0 does not
1130		change the previous behavior.  A value greater than 0
1131		will cause sendmail to sleep for one second on most
1132		SMTP commands and before accepting connections if that
1133		load average is exceeded.
1134	Use a dynamic (instead of fixed-size) buffer for the list of
1135		recipients that are sent during a connection to a mailer.
1136		This also introduces a new mailer field 'r' which defines
1137		the maximum number of recipients (defaults to 100).
1138		Based on patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1139	Add new F=1 mailer flag to disable sending of null characters ('\0').
1140	Add new F=2 mailer flag to disable use of ESMTP, using SMTP instead.
1141	The deprecated [TCP] builtin mailer pathname (P=) is gone.  Use [IPC]
1142		instead.
1143	IPC is no longer available as first mailer argument (A=) for [IPC]
1144		builtin mailer pathnames.  Use TCP instead.
1145	PH map code updated to use the new libphclient API instead of the
1146		old libqiapi library.  Contributed by Mark Roth of the
1147		University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1148	New option DirectSubmissionModifiers to define {daemon_flags}
1149		for direct (command line) submissions.
1150	New M=O modifier for DaemonPortOptions to ignore the socket in
1151		case of failures.  Based on patch by Jun-ichiro itojun
1152		Hagino of the KAME Project.
1153	Add Disposition-Notification-To: (RFC 2298) to the list of headers
1154		whose content is rewritten similar to Reply-To:.
1155		Proposed by Andrzej Filip.
1156	Use STARTTLS/AUTH=server/client for logging incoming/outgoing
1157		STARTTLS/AUTH connections; log incoming connections at level
1158		9 or higher.  Use AUTH/STARTTLS instead of SASL/TLS for SMTP
1159		AUTH/STARTTLS related logfile entries.
1160	Convert unprintable characters (and backslash) into octal or C format
1161		before logging.
1162	Log recipients if no message is transferred but QUIT/RSET is given
1163		(at LogLevel 9/10 or higher).
1164	Log discarded recipients at LogLevel 10 or higher.
1165	Do not log "did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN" for connections
1166		in which most commands are rejected due to check_relay or
1167		TCP Wrappers if the host tries one of those commands anyway.
1168	Change logging format for cloned envelopes to be similar to that for
1169		DSNs ("old id: new id: clone").  Suggested by Ulrich Windl
1170		of the Universitat Regensburg.
1171	Added libsm, a C library of general purpose abstractions including
1172		assertions, tracing and debugging with named debug categories,
1173		exception handling, malloc debugging, resource pools,
1174		portability abstractions, and an extensible buffered I/O
1175		package.  It will at some point replace libsmutil.
1176		See libsm/index.html for details.
1177	Fixed most memory leaks in sendmail which were previously taken
1178		care of by fork() and exit().
1179	Use new sm_io*() functions in place of stdio calls.  Allows for
1180		more consistent portablity amongst different platforms
1181		new and old (from new libsm).
1182	Common I/O pkg means just one buffering method needed instead of two
1183		('bf_portable' and 'bf_torek' now just 'bf').
1184	Sfio no longer needed as SASL/TLS code uses sm_io*() API's.
1185	New possible value 'interactive' for SuperSafe which can be used
1186		together with DeliveryMode=interactive is to avoid some disk
1187		synchronizations calls.
1188	Add per-recipient status information to mailq -v output.
1189	T_ANY queries are no longer used by sendmail.
1190	When compiling with "gcc -O -Wall" specify "-DSM_OMIT_BOGUS_WARNINGS"
1191		too (see include/sm/cdefs.h for more info).
1192	sendmail -d now has general support for named debug categories.
1193		See libsm/debug.html and section 3.4 of doc/op/op.me
1194		for details.
1195	Eliminate the "postmaster warning" DSNs on address parsing errors
1196		such as unbalanced angle brackets or parentheses.  The DSNs
1197		generated by this condition were illegal (not RFC conform).
1198		Problem noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1199	Do not issue a DSN if the ruleset localaddr resolves to the $#error
1200		mailer and the recipient has hence been rejected during the
1201		SMTP dialogue.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1202	Deal with a case of multiple deliveries on misconfigured systems
1203		that do not have postmaster defined.  If an email was sent
1204		from an address to which a DSN cannot be returned and
1205		in which at least one recipient address is non-deliverable,
1206		then that email had been delivered in each queue run.
1207		Problem reported by Matteo HCE Valsasna of Universita
1208		degli Studi dell'Insubria.
1209	The compilation options SMTP, DAEMON, and QUEUE have been removed,
1210		i.e., the corresponding code is always compiled in now.
1211	Log the command line in daemon/queue-run mode at LogLevel 10 and
1212		higher.  Suggested by Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
1213	New ResolverOptions setting: WorkAroundBrokenAAAA.  When
1214		attempting to canonify a hostname, some broken nameservers
1215		will return SERVFAIL (a temporary failure) on T_AAAA (IPv6)
1216		lookups.  If you want to excuse this behavior, use this new
1217		flag.  Suggested by Chris Foote of SE Network Access and
1218		Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at
1219		Urbana-Champaign.
1220	Free the memory allocated by getipnodeby{addr,name}().  Problem
1221		noted by Joy Latten of IBM.
1222	ConnectionRateThrottle limits the number of connections per second
1223		to each daemon individually, not the overall number of
1224		connections.
1225	Specifying only "ldap:" as an AliasFile specification will force
1226		sendmail to use a default alias schema as outlined in the
1227		``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of
1228		cf/README.
1229	Add a new syntax for the 'F' (file class) sendmail.cf command.  If
1230		the first character after the class name is not a '/' or a
1231		'|' and it contains an '@' (e.g., F{X}key@class:spec), the
1232		rest of the line will be parsed as a map lookup.  This
1233		allows classes to be filled via a map lookup.  See op.me
1234		for more syntax information.  Specifically, this can be
1235		used for commands such as VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() to read
1236		the list of domains via LDAP (see the ``USING LDAP FOR
1237		ALIASES, MAPS, and CLASSES'' section of cf/README for an
1238		example).
1239	The new macro ${sendmailMTACluster} determines the LDAP cluster for
1240		the default schema used in the above two items.
1241	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath is set, log a
1242		warning if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1243		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is in an unsafe directory path.
1244	Unless DontBlameSendmail=RunWritableProgram is set, log a warning
1245		if a program being run from a mailer or file class
1246		(e.g., F|/path/to/prog) is group or world writable.
1247	Loopback interfaces (e.g., "lo0") are now probed for class {w}
1248		hostnames.  Setting DontProbeInterfaces to "loopback"
1249		(without quotes) will disable this and return to the
1250		pre-8.12 behavior of only probing non-loopback interfaces.
1251		Suggested by Bryan Stansell of GNAC.
1252	In accordance with RFC 2821 section 4.1.4, accept multiple
1253		HELO/EHLO commands.
1254	Multiple ClientPortOptions settings are now allowed, one for each
1255		possible protocol family which may be used for outgoing
1256		connections.  Restrictions placed on one family only affect
1257		outgoing connections on that particular family.  Because of
1258		this change, the ${client_flags} macro is not set until the
1259		connection is established.  Based on patch from Motonori
1260		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1261	PrivacyOptions=restrictexpand instructs sendmail to drop privileges
1262		when the -bv option is given by users who are neither root
1263		nor the TrustedUser so users can not read private aliases,
1264		forwards, or :include: files.  It also will override the -v
1265		(verbose) command line option.
1266	If the M=b modifier is set in DaemonPortOptions and the interface
1267		address can't be used for the outgoing connection, fall
1268		back to the settings in ClientPortOptions (if set).
1269		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1270	New named config file rule check_data for DATA command (input:
1271		number of recipients).  Based on patch from Mark Roth of
1272		the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1273	Add support for ETRN queue selection per RFC 1985.  The queue group
1274		can be specified using the '#' option character.  For
1275		example, 'ETRN #queuegroup'.
1276	If an LDAP server times out or becomes unavailable, close the
1277		current connection and reopen to get to one of the fallback
1278		servers.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the University of
1279		British Columbia.
1280	Make default error number on $#error messages 550 instead of 501
1281		because 501 is not allowed on all commands.
1282	The .cf file option UnsafeGroupWrites is deprecated, it should be
1283		replaced with the settings GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
1284		and GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe in DontBlameSendmail
1285		if required.
1286	The deprecated ldapx map class has been removed.  Use the ldap map
1287		class instead.
1288	Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed by the
1289		"IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For example,
1290		if you want to add the IPv6 address [2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4] to
1291		class {w}, you would need to add [IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4].
1292	Change the $&{opMode} macro if the operation mode changes while the
1293		MTA is running.  For example, during a queue run.
1294	Add "use_inet6" as a new ResolverOptions flag to control the
1295		RES_USE_INET6 resolver option.  Based on patch from Rick
1296		Nelson of IBM.
1297	The maximum number of commands before the MTA slows down when too
1298		many "light weight" commands have been received are now
1299		configurable during compile time.  The current values and
1300		their defaults are:
1301		    MAXBADCOMMANDS	25	unknown commands
1302		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
1303		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
1304		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
1305		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
1306		Setting a value to 0 disables the check.  Patch from Bryan
1307		Costales of SL3D, Inc.
1308	The header syntax H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: now not only checks if
1309		${MyMacro} is defined but also that it is not empty.
1310	Properly quote usernames with special characters if they are used
1311		in headers.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1312		Meteorological Institute.
1313	Be sure to include the proper Final-Recipient: DSN header in bounce
1314		messages for messages for mailing list expanded addresses
1315		which are not delivered on the initial attempt.
1316	Do not treat errors as sticky when doing delivery via LMTP after
1317		the final dot has been sent to avoid affecting future
1318		deliveries.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1319	New compile time flag REQUIRES_DIR_FSYNC which turns on support for
1320		file systems that require to call fsync() for a directory
1321		if the meta-data in it has been changed.  This should be
1322		set at least for ReiserFS; it is enabled by default for Linux.
1323		See sendmail/README for further information.
1324	Avoid file locking deadlock when updating the statistics file if
1325		sendmail is signaled to terminate.  Problem noted by
1326		Christophe Wolfhugel of France Telecom.
1327	Set the $c macro (hop count) as it is being set instead of when the
1328		envelope is initialized.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of
1329		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1330	Properly count recipients for DeliveryMode defer and queue.  Fix
1331		from Peter A. Friend of EarthLink.
1332	Treat invalid hesiod lookups as permanent errors instead of
1333		temporary errors.  Problem noted by Russell McOrmond of
1334		flora.ca.
1335	Portability:
1336		Remove support for AIX 2, which supports only 14 character
1337			filenames and is outdated anyway.  Suggested by
1338			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1339		Change several settings for Irix 6: remove confSBINDIR,
1340			i.e., use default /usr/sbin, change owner/group
1341			of man pages and user-executable to root/sys, set
1342			optimization limit to 0 (unlimited).  Based on patch
1343			from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D, and proposal from Kari
1344			Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1345		Do not assume LDAP support is installed by default under
1346			Solaris 8 and later.
1347		Add support for OpenUNIX.
1348	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 10.
1349	CONFIG: Add an install target and a README file in cf/cf.
1350	CONFIG: Don't accept addresses of the form a@b@, a@b@c, a@[b]c, etc.
1351	CONFIG: Reject empty recipient addresses (in check_rcpt).
1352	CONFIG: The access map uses an option of -T<TMPF> to deal with
1353		temporary lookup failures.
1354	CONFIG: New value for access map: SKIP, which causes the default
1355		action to be taken by aborting the search for domain names
1356		or IP nets.
1357	CONFIG: check_rcpt can deal with TEMPFAIL for either recipient or
1358		relay address as long as the other part allows the email
1359		to get through.
1360	CONFIG: Entries for virtusertable can make use of a third parameter
1361		"%3" which contains "+detail" of a wildcard match, i.e., an
1362		entry like user+*@domain.  This allows handling of details by
1363		using %1%3 as the RHS.  Additionally, a "+" wildcard has been
1364		introduced to match only non-empty details of addresses.
1365	CONFIG: Numbers for rulesets used by MAILERs have been removed
1366		and hence there is no required order within the MAILER
1367		section anymore except for MAILER(`uucp') which must come
1368		after MAILER(`smtp') if uucp-dom and uucp-uudom are used.
1369	CONFIG: Hosts listed in the generics domain class {G}
1370		(GENERICS_DOMAIN() and GENERICS_DOMAIN_FILE()) are treated
1371		as canonical.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
1372	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`delay_checks') is used, make sure that a lookup
1373		in the access map which returns OK or RELAY actually
1374		terminates check_* ruleset checking.
1375	CONFIG: New tag TLS_Rcpt: for access map to be used by ruleset
1376		tls_rcpt, see cf/README for details.
1377	CONFIG: Change format of Received: header line which reveals whether
1378		STARTTLS has been used to "(version=${tls_version}
1379		cipher=${cipher} bits=${cipher_bits} verify=${verify})".
1380	CONFIG: Use "Spam:" as tag for lookups for FEATURE(`delay_checks')
1381		options friends/haters instead of "To:" and enable
1382		specification of whole domains instead of just users.
1383		Notice: this change is not backward compatible.
1384		Suggested by Chris Adams from HiWAAY Informations Services.
1385	CONFIG: Allow for local extensions for most new rulesets, see
1386		cf/README for details.
1387	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`lookupdotdomain') to lookup also .domain in
1388		the access map.  Proposed by Randall Winchester of the
1389		University of Maryland.
1390	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`local_no_masquerade') to avoid masquerading for
1391		the local mailer.  Proposed by Ingo Brueckl of Wupper Online.
1392	CONFIG: confRELAY_MSG/confREJECT_MSG can override the default
1393		messages for an unauthorized relaying attempt/for access
1394		map entries with RHS REJECT, respectively.
1395	CONFIG: FEATURE(`always_add_domain') takes an optional argument
1396		to specify another domain to be added instead of the local one.
1397		Suggested by Richard H. Gumpertz of Computer Problem
1398		Solving.
1399	CONFIG: confAUTH_OPTIONS allows setting of Cyrus-SASL specific
1400		options, see doc/op/op.me for details.
1401	CONFIG: confAUTH_MAX_BITS sets the maximum encryption strength for
1402		the security layer in SMTP AUTH (SASL).
1403	CONFIG: If Local_localaddr resolves to $#ok, localaddr is terminated
1404		immediately.
1405	CONFIG: FEATURE(`enhdnsbl') is an enhanced version of dnsbl which
1406		allows checking of the return values of the DNS lookups.
1407		See cf/README for details.
1408	CONFIG: FEATURE(`dnsbl') allows now to specify the behavior for
1409		temporary lookup failures.
1410	CONFIG: New option confDELIVER_BY_MIN to specify minimum time for
1411		Deliver By (RFC 2852) or to turn off the extension.
1412	CONFIG: New option confSHARED_MEMORY_KEY to set the key for shared
1413		memory use.
1414	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`compat_check') to look up a key consisting
1415		of the sender and the recipient address delimited by the
1416		string "<@>", e.g., sender@sdomain<@>recipient@rdomain,
1417		in the access map.  Based on code contributed by Mathias
1418		Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications Ltd.
1419	CONFIG: Add EXPOSED_USER_FILE() command to allow an exposed user
1420		file.  Suggested by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1421	CONFIG: Don't use MAILER-DAEMON for error messages delivered
1422		via LMTP.  Problem reported by Larry Greenfield of CMU.
1423	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_luser_host') to preserve the name of
1424		the recipient host if LUSER_RELAY is used.
1425	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`preserve_local_plus_detail') to preserve the
1426		+detail portion of the address when passing address to
1427		local delivery agent.  Disables alias and .forward +detail
1428		stripping.  Only use if LDA supports this.
1429	CONFIG: Removed deprecated FEATURE(`rbl').
1430	CONFIG: Add LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT() and LDAPROUTE_EQUIVALENT_FILE()
1431		which allow you to specify 'equivalent' hosts for LDAP
1432		Routing lookups.  Equivalent hostnames are replaced by the
1433		masquerade domain name for lookups.  See cf/README for
1434		additional details.
1435	CONFIG: Add a fourth argument to FEATURE(`ldap_routing') which
1436		instructs the rulesets on what to do if the address being
1437		looked up has +detail information.  See cf/README for more
1438		information.
1439	CONFIG: When chosing a new destination via LDAP Routing, also look
1440		up the new routing address/host in the mailertable.  Based
1441		on patch from Don Badrak of the United States Census Bureau.
1442	CONFIG: Do not reject the SMTP Mail from: command if LDAP Routing
1443		is in use and the bounce option is enabled.  Only reject
1444		recipients as user unknown.
1445	CONFIG: Provide LDAP support for the remaining database map
1446		features.  See the ``USING LDAP FOR ALIASES AND MAPS''
1447		section of cf/README for more information.
1448	CONFIG: Add confLDAP_CLUSTER which defines the ${sendmailMTACluster}
1449		macro used for LDAP searches as described above in ``USING
1450		LDAP FOR ALIASES, MAPS, AND CLASSES''.
1451	CONFIG: confCLIENT_OPTIONS has been replaced by CLIENT_OPTIONS(),
1452		which takes the options as argument and can be used
1453		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
1454	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for new options:
1455		confBAD_RCPT_THROTTLE		BadRcptThrottle
1456		confDIRECT_SUBMISSION_MODIFIERS	DirectSubmissionModifiers
1457		confMAILBOX_DATABASE		MailboxDatabase
1458		confMAX_QUEUE_CHILDREN		MaxQueueChildren
1459		confMAX_RUNNERS_PER_QUEUE	MaxRunnersPerQueue
1460		confNICE_QUEUE_RUN		NiceQueueRun
1461		confQUEUE_FILE_MODE		QueueFileMode
1462		confFAST_SPLIT			FastSplit
1463		confTLS_SRV_OPTIONS		TLSSrvOptions
1464		See above (and related documentation) for further information.
1465	CONFIG: Add configuration variables for new timeout options:
1466		confTO_ACONNECT		Timeout.aconnect
1467		confTO_AUTH		Timeout.auth
1468		confTO_LHLO		Timeout.lhlo
1469		confTO_STARTTLS		Timeout.starttls
1470	CONFIG: Add configuration macros for mail filter API:
1471		confINPUT_MAIL_FILTERS		InputMailFilters
1472		confMILTER_LOG_LEVEL		Milter.LogLevel
1473		confMILTER_MACROS_CONNECT	Milter.macros.connect
1474		confMILTER_MACROS_HELO		Milter.macros.helo
1475		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVFROM	Milter.macros.envfrom
1476		confMILTER_MACROS_ENVRCPT	Milter.macros.envrcpt
1477		Mail filters can be defined via INPUT_MAIL_FILTER() and
1478		MAIL_FILTER().  See libmilter/README, cf/README, and
1479		doc/op/op.me for details.
1480	CONFIG: Add support for accepting temporarily unresolvable domains.
1481		See cf/README for details.  Based on patch by Motonori
1482		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1483	CONFIG: confDEQUOTE_OPTS can be used to specify options for the
1484		dequote map.
1485	CONFIG: New macro QUEUE_GROUP() to define queue groups.
1486	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`queuegroup') to select a queue group based
1487		on the full e-mail address or the domain of the recipient.
1488	CONFIG: Any IPv6 addresses used in configuration should be prefixed
1489		by the "IPv6:" tag to identify the address properly.  For
1490		example, if you want to use the IPv6 address
1491		2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 in the access database, you would need
1492		to use IPv6:2002:c0a8:51d2::23f4 on the left hand side.
1493		This affects the access database as well as the
1494		relay-domains and local-host-names files.
1495	CONFIG: OSTYPE(aux) has been renamed to OSTYPE(a-ux).
1496	CONFIG: Avoid expansion of m4 keywords in SMART_HOST.
1497	CONFIG: Add MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION_FILE() for reading masquerading
1498		exceptions from a file.  Suggested by Trey Breckenridge of
1499		Mississippi State University.
1500	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_USER_FILE() for reading local users
1501		(LOCAL_USER() -- $={L}) entries from a file.
1502	CONTRIB: dnsblaccess.m4 is a further enhanced version of enhdnsbl.m4
1503		which allows to lookup error codes in the access map.
1504		Contributed by Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1505	DEVTOOLS: Add new options for installation of include and library
1506		files: confINCGRP, confINCMODE, confINCOWN, confLIBGRP,
1507		confLIBMODE, confLIBOWN.
1508	DEVTOOLS: Add new option confDONT_INSTALL_CATMAN to turn off
1509		installation of the the formatted man pages on operating
1510		systems which don't include cat directories.
1511	EDITMAP: New program for editing maps as supplement to makemap.
1512	MAIL.LOCAL: Mail.local now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1513		local mail recipients.  New option -D mbdb specifies the
1514		mailbox database type.
1515	MAIL.LOCAL: New option "-h filename" which instructs mail.local to
1516		deliver the mail to the named file in the user's home
1517		directory instead of the system mail spool area.  Based on
1518		patch from Doug Hardie of the Los Angeles Free-Net.
1519	MAILSTATS: New command line option -P which acts the same as -p but
1520		doesn't truncate the statistics file.
1521	MAKEMAP: Add new option -t to specify a different delimiter
1522		instead of white space.
1523	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
1524		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1525		Meteorological Institute.
1526	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on FreeBSD 3.3 and later.
1527	VACATION: Change Auto-Submitted: header value from auto-generated to
1528		auto-replied.  From Kenneth Murchison of Oceana Matrix Ltd.
1529	VACATION: New option -d to send error/debug messages to stdout
1530		instead of syslog.
1531	VACATION: New option -U which prevents the attempt to lookup login
1532		in the password file.  The -f and -m options must be used
1533		to specify the database and message file since there is no
1534		home directory for the default settings for these options.
1535	VACATION: Vacation now uses the libsm mbdb package to look up
1536		local mail recipients; it reads the MailboxDatabase option
1537		from the sendmail.cf file.  New option -C cffile which
1538		specifies the path of the sendmail.cf file.
1539	New Directories:
1540		libmilter/docs
1541	New Files:
1542		cf/cf/README
1543		cf/cf/submit.cf
1544		cf/cf/submit.mc
1545		cf/feature/authinfo.m4
1546		cf/feature/compat_check.m4
1547		cf/feature/enhdnsbl.m4
1548		cf/feature/msp.m4
1549		cf/feature/local_no_masquerade.m4
1550		cf/feature/lookupdotdomain.m4
1551		cf/feature/preserve_luser_host.m4
1552		cf/feature/preserve_local_plus_detail.m4
1553		cf/feature/queuegroup.m4
1554		cf/sendmail.schema
1555		contrib/dnsblaccess.m4
1556		devtools/M4/UNIX/sm-test.m4
1557		devtools/OS/OpenUNIX.5.i386
1558		editmap/*
1559		include/sm/*
1560		libsm/*
1561		libsmutil/cf.c
1562		libsmutil/err.c
1563		sendmail/SECURITY
1564		sendmail/TUNING
1565		sendmail/bf.c
1566		sendmail/bf.h
1567		sendmail/sasl.c
1568		sendmail/sm_resolve.c
1569		sendmail/sm_resolve.h
1570		sendmail/tls.c
1571	Deleted Files:
1572		cf/feature/rbl.m4
1573		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
1574		devtools/OS/AIX.2
1575		include/sendmail/cdefs.h
1576		include/sendmail/errstring.h
1577		include/sendmail/useful.h
1578		libsmutil/errstring.c
1579		sendmail/bf_portable.c
1580		sendmail/bf_portable.h
1581		sendmail/bf_torek.c
1582		sendmail/bf_torek.h
1583		sendmail/clock.c
1584	Renamed Files:
1585		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc => cf/cf/generic-solaris.mc
1586		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.cf => cf/cf/generic-solaris.cf
1587		cf/ostype/aux.m4 => cf/ostype/a-ux.m4
1588
15898.11.7/8.11.7	2003/03/29
1590	SECURITY: Fix a remote buffer overflow in header parsing by
1591		dropping sender and recipient header comments if the
1592		comments are too long.  Problem noted by Mark Dowd
1593		of ISS X-Force.
1594	SECURITY: Fix a buffer overflow in address parsing due to
1595		a char to int conversion problem which is potentially
1596		remotely exploitable.  Problem found by Michal Zalewski.
1597		Note: an MTA that is not patched might be vulnerable to
1598		data that it receives from untrusted sources, which
1599		includes DNS.
1600	To provide partial protection to internal, unpatched sendmail MTAs,
1601		8.11.7 changes by default (char)0xff to (char)0x7f in
1602		headers etc.  To turn off this conversion compile with
1603		-DALLOW_255 or use the command line option -d82.101.
1604	To provide partial protection for internal, unpatched MTAs that may be
1605		performing 7->8 or 8->7 bit MIME conversions, the default
1606		for MaxMimeHeaderLength has been changed to 2048/1024.
1607		Note: this does have a performance impact, and it only
1608		protects against frontal attacks from the outside.
1609		To disable the checks and return to pre-8.11.7 defaults,
1610		set MaxMimeHeaderLength to 0/0.
1611	Properly clean up macros to avoid persistence of session data
1612		across various connections.  This could cause session
1613		oriented restrictions, e.g., STARTTLS requirements,
1614		to erroneously allow a connection.  Problem noted
1615		by Tim Maletic of Priority Health.
1616	Ignore comments in NIS host records when trying to find the
1617		canonical name for a host.
1618	Fix a memory leak when closing Hesiod maps.
1619	Set ${msg_size} macro when reading a message from the command line
1620		or the queue.
1621	Prevent a segmentation fault when clearing the event list by
1622		turning off alarms before checking if event list is
1623		empty.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
1624		Polytechnic Institute.
1625	Fix a potential core dump problem if the environment variable
1626		NAME is set.  Problem noted by Beth A. Chaney of
1627		Purdue University.
1628	Prevent a race condition on child cleanup for delivery to files.
1629		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of
1630		Texas.
1631	CONFIG: Do not bounce mail if FEATURE(`ldap_routing')'s bounce
1632		parameter is set and the LDAP lookup returns a temporary
1633		error.
1634	CONFIG: Fix a syntax error in the try_tls ruleset if
1635		FEATURE(`access_db') is not enabled.
1636	LIBSMDB: Fix a lock race condition that affects makemap, praliases,
1637		and vacation.
1638	LIBSMDB: Avoid a file creation race condition for Berkeley DB 1.X
1639		and NDBM on systems with the O_EXLOCK open(2) flag.
1640	MAKEMAP: Avoid going beyond the end of an input line if it does
1641		not contain a value for a key.  Based on patch from
1642		Mark Bixby from Hewlett-Packard.
1643	MAIL.LOCAL: Fix a truncation race condition if the close() on
1644		the mailbox fails.  Problem noted by Tomoko Fukuzawa of
1645		Sun Microsystems.
1646	SMRSH: SECURITY: Only allow regular files or symbolic links to be
1647		used for a command.  Problem noted by David Endler of
1648		iDEFENSE, Inc.
1649
16508.11.6/8.11.6	2001/08/20
1651	SECURITY: Fix a possible memory access violation when specifying
1652		out-of-bounds debug parameters.  Problem detected by
1653		Cade Cairns of SecurityFocus.
1654	Avoid leaking recipient information in unrelated DSNs.  This could
1655		happen if a connection is aborted, several mails had been
1656		scheduled for delivery via that connection, and the timeout
1657		is reached such that several DSNs are sent next.  Problem
1658		noted by Dileepan Moorkanat of Hewlett-Packard.
1659	Fix a possible segmentation violation when specifying too many
1660		wildcard operators in a rule.  Problem detected by
1661		Werner Wiethege.
1662	Avoid a segmentation fault on non-matching Hesiod lookups.  Problem
1663		noted by Russell McOrmond of flora.ca
1664
16658.11.5/8.11.5	2001/07/31
1666	Fix a possible race condition when sending a HUP signal to restart
1667		the daemon.  This could terminate the current process without
1668		starting a new daemon.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Breyha
1669		of SE Netway Communications.
1670	Only apply MaxHeadersLength when receiving a message via SMTP or
1671		the command line.  Problem noted by Andrey J. Melnikoff.
1672	When finding the system's local hostname on an IPv6-enabled system
1673		which doesn't have any IPv6 interface addresses, fall back
1674		to looking up only IPv4 addresses.  Problem noted by Tim
1675		Bosserman of EarthLink.
1676	When commands were being rejected due to check_relay or TCP
1677		Wrappers, the ETRN command was not giving a response.
1678	Incoming IPv4 connections on a Family=inet6 daemon (using
1679		IPv4-mapped addresses) were incorrectly labeled as "may be
1680		forged".  Problem noted by Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo
1681		University College.
1682	Shutdown address test mode cleanly on SIGTERM.  Problem noted by
1683		Greg King of the OAO Corporation.
1684	Restore the original real uid (changed in main() to prevent
1685		out of band signals) before invoking a delivery agent.
1686		Some delivery agents use this for the "From " envelope
1687		"header".  Problem noted by Leslie Carroll of the
1688		University at Albany.
1689	Mark closed file descriptors properly to avoid reuse. Problem
1690		noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1691	Setting Timeout options on the command line will also override
1692		their sub-suboptions in the .cf file, e.g., -O
1693		Timeout.queuereturn=2d will set all queuereturn timeouts
1694		to 2 days.  Problem noted by Roger B.A. Klorese.
1695	Portability:
1696		BSD/OS has a broken setreuid() implementation.  Problem
1697			noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1698		BSD/OS has /dev/urandom(4) (as of version 4.1/199910 ?).
1699			Noted by Vernon Schryver of Rhyolite Software.
1700		BSD/OS has fchown(2).  Noted by Dave Yadallee of Netline
1701			2000 Internet Solutions Inc.
1702		Solaris 2.X and later have strerror(3).  From Sebastian
1703			Hagedorn of Cologne University.
1704	CONFIG: Fix parsing for IPv6 domain literals in addresses
1705		(user@[IPv6:address]).  Problem noted by Liyuan Zhou.
1706
17078.11.4/8.11.4	2001/05/28
1708	Clean up signal handling routines to reduce the chances of heap
1709		corruption and other potential race conditions.
1710		Terminating and restarting the daemon may not be
1711		instantaneous due to this change.  Also, non-root users can
1712		no longer send out-of-band signals.  Problem reported by
1713		Michal Zalewski of BindView.
1714	If LogLevel is greater than 9 and SASL fails to negotiate an
1715		encryption layer, avoid core dump logging the encryption
1716		strength.  Problem noted by Miroslav Zubcic of Crol.
1717	If a server offers "AUTH=" and "AUTH " and the list of mechanisms is
1718		different in those two lines, sendmail might not have
1719		recognized (and used) all of the offered mechanisms.
1720	Fix an IP address lookup problem on Solaris 2.0 - 2.3.  Patch
1721		from Kenji Miyake.
1722	This time, really don't use the .. directory when expanding
1723		QueueDirectory wildcards.
1724	If a process is interrupted while closing a map, don't try to close
1725		the same map again while exiting.
1726	Allow local mailers (F=l) to contact remote hosts (e.g., via
1727		LMTP).  Problem noted by Norbert Klasen of the University
1728		of Tuebingen.
1729	If Timeout.QueueReturn was set to a value less the time it took
1730		to write a new queue file (e.g., 0 seconds), the bounce
1731		message would be lost.  Problem noted by Lorraine L Goff of
1732		Oklahoma State University.
1733	Pass map argument vector into map rewriting engine for the regex
1734		and prog map types.  Problem noted by Stephen Gildea of
1735		InTouch Systems, Inc.
1736	When closing an LDAP map due to a temporary error, close all of the
1737		other LDAP maps which share the original map's connection
1738		to the LDAP server.  Patch from Victor Duchovni of
1739		Morgan Stanley.
1740	To detect changes of NDBM aliases files check the timestamp of the
1741		.pag file instead of the .dir file.  Problem noted by Neil
1742		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1743	Don't treat temporary hesiod lookup failures as permanent.  Patch
1744		from Werner Wiethege.
1745	If ClientPortOptions is set, make sure to create the outgoing socket
1746		with the family set in that option.  Patch from Sean Farley.
1747	Avoid a segmentation fault trying to dereference a NULL pointer
1748		when logging a MaxHopCount exceeded error with an empty
1749		recipient list.  Problem noted by Chris Adams of HiWAAY
1750		Internet Services.
1751	Fix DSN for "Too many hops" bounces.  Problem noticed by Ulrich
1752		Windl of the Universitaet Regensburg.
1753	Fix DSN for "mail loops back to me" bounces.  Problem noticed by
1754		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
1755	Portability:
1756		OpenBSD has a broken setreuid() implementation.
1757	CONFIG: Undo change from 8.11.1: change 501 SMTP reply code back
1758		to 553 since it is allowed by DRUMS.
1759	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(freebsd4) for FreeBSD 4.X.
1760	DEVTOOLS: install.sh did not properly handle paths in the source
1761		file name argument.  Noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1762		Meteorological Institute.
1763	DEVTOOLS: Add FAST_PID_RECYCLE to compile time options for OpenBSD
1764		since it generates random process ids.
1765	PRALIASES: Add back adaptive algorithm to deal with different endings
1766		of entries in the database (with/without trailing '\0').
1767		Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1768	New Files:
1769		cf/ostype/freebsd4.m4
1770
17718.11.3/8.11.3	2001/02/27
1772	Prevent a segmentation fault when a bogus value was used in the
1773		LDAPDefaultSpec option's -r, -s, or -M flags and if a bogus
1774		option was used.  Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of
1775		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
1776	Prevent "token too long" message by shortening {currHeader} which
1777		could be too long if the last copied character was a quote.
1778		Problem detected by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers
1779		communications consulting gmbh.
1780	Additional IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1781		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1782	Do not ignore the ClientPortOptions setting if DaemonPortOptions
1783		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set and the
1784		connection came in from the command line.
1785	Do not bind to the loopback address if DaemonPortOptions
1786		Modifier=b (bind to same interface) is set.  Patch from
1787		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1788	Properly deal with open failures on non-optional maps used in
1789		check_* rulesets by returning a temporary failure.
1790	Buffered file I/O files were not being properly fsync'ed to disk
1791		when they were committed.
1792	Properly encode '=' for the AUTH= parameter of the MAIL command.
1793		Problem noted by Hadmut Danisch.
1794	Under certain circumstances the macro {server_name} could be set
1795		to the wrong hostname (of a previous connection), which may
1796		cause some rulesets to return wrong results.  This would
1797		usually cause mail to be queued up and delivered later on.
1798	Ignore F=z (LMTP) mailer flag if $u is given in the mailer A=
1799		equate.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1800		University.
1801	Work around broken accept() implementations which only partially
1802		fill in the peer address if the socket is closed before
1803		accept() completes.
1804	Return an SMTP "421" temporary failure if the data file can't be
1805		opened where the "354" reply would normally be given.
1806	Prevent a CPU loop in trying to expand a macro which doesn't exist
1807		in a queue run.  Problem noted by Gordon Lack of Glaxo
1808		Wellcome.
1809	If delivering via a program and that program exits with EX_TEMPFAIL,
1810		note that fact for the mailq display instead of just showing
1811		"Deferred".  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto
1812		University.
1813	If doing canonification via /etc/hosts, try both the fully
1814		qualified hostname as well as the first portion of the
1815		hostname.  Problem noted by David Bremner of the
1816		University of New Brunswick.
1817	Portability:
1818		Fix a compilation problem for mail.local and rmail if SFIO
1819			is in use.  Problem noted by Auteria Wally
1820			Winzer Jr. of Champion Nutrition.
1821		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1822			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1823		OpenBSD 2.7 and higher has srandomdev(3).  OpenBSD 2.8 and
1824			higher has BSDI-style login classes.  Patch from
1825			Todd C.  Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1826		Unixware 7.1.1 doesn't allow h_errno to be set directly if
1827			sendmail is being compiled with -kthread.  Problem
1828			noted by Orion Poplawski of CQG, Inc.
1829	CONTRIB: buildvirtuser: Substitute current domain for $DOMAIN and
1830		current left hand side for $LHS in virtuser files.
1831	DEVTOOLS: Do not pass make targets to recursive Build invocations.
1832		Problem noted by Jeff Bronson of J.D. Bronson, Inc.
1833	MAIL.LOCAL: In LMTP mode, do not return errors regarding problems
1834		storing the temporary message file until after the remote
1835		side has sent the final DATA termination dot.  Problem
1836		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
1837		Institute.
1838	MAIL.LOCAL: If LMTP mode is set, give a temporary error if users
1839		are also specified on the command line.  Patch from
1840		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1841	PRALIASES: Skip over AliasFile specifications which aren't based on
1842		database files (i.e., only show dbm, hash, and btree).
1843	Renamed Files:
1844		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 => devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.x
1845
18468.11.2/8.11.2	2000/12/29
1847	Prevent a segmentation fault when trying to set a class in
1848		address test mode due to a negative array index.  Audit
1849		other array indexing.  This bug is not believed to be
1850		exploitable.  Noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
1851		Schools" project (IdS).
1852	Add an FFR (for future release) to drop privileges when using
1853		address test mode.  This will be turned on in 8.12. It can
1854		be enabled by compiling with:
1855		APPENDDEF(`conf_sendmail_ENVDEF', `-D_FFR_TESTMODE_DROP_PRIVS')
1856		in your devtools/Site/site.config.m4 file.  Suggested by
1857		Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
1858	Fix potential problem with Cyrus-SASL security layer which may have
1859		caused I/O errors, especially for mechanism DIGEST-MD5.
1860	When QueueSortOrder was set to host, sendmail might not read
1861		enough of the queue file to determine the host, making the
1862		sort sub-optimal.  Problem noted by Jeff Earickson of
1863		Colby College.
1864	Don't issue DSNs for addresses which use the NOTIFY parameter (per
1865		RFC 1891) but don't have FAILURE as value.
1866	Initialize Cyrus-SASL library before the SMTP daemon is started.
1867		This implies that every change to SASL related files requires
1868		a restart of the daemon, e.g., Sendmail.conf, new SASL
1869		mechanisms (in form of shared libraries).
1870	Properly set the STARTTLS related macros during a queue run for
1871		a cached connection.  Bug reported by Michael Kellen of
1872		NxNetworks, Inc.
1873	Log the server name in relay= for ruleset tls_server instead of the
1874		client name.
1875	Include original length of bad field/header when reporting
1876		MaxMimeHeaderLength problems.  Requested by Ulrich Windl of
1877		the Universitat Regensburg.
1878	Fix delivery to set-user-ID files that are expanded from aliases in
1879		DeliveryMode queue.  Problem noted by Ric Anderson of the
1880		University of Arizona.
1881	Fix LDAP map -m (match only) flag.  Problem noted by Jeff Giuliano
1882		of Collective Technologies.
1883	Avoid using a negative argument for sleep() calls when delaying answers
1884		to EXPN/VRFY commands on systems which respond very slowly.
1885		Problem noted by Mikolaj J. Habryn of Optus Internet
1886		Engineering.
1887	Make sure the F=u flag is set in the default prog mailer
1888		definition.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1889		Meteorological Institute.
1890	Fix IPv6 check for unspecified addresses.  Patch from
1891		Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1892	Fix return values for IRIX nsd map.  From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
1893		Meteorological Institute.
1894	Fix parsing of DaemonPortOptions and ClientPortOptions.  Read all
1895		of the parameters to find Family= setting before trying to
1896		interpret Addr= and Port=.  Problem noted by Valdis
1897		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1898	When delivering to a file directly from an alias, do not call
1899		initgroups(); instead use the DefaultUser group information.
1900		Problem noted by Marc Schaefer of ALPHANET NF.
1901	RunAsUser now overrides the ownership of the control socket, if
1902		created.  Otherwise, sendmail can not remove it upon
1903		close.  Problem noted by Werner Wiethege.
1904	Fix ConnectionRateThrottle counting as the option is the number of
1905		overall connections, not the number of connections per
1906		socket.  A future version may change this to per socket
1907		counting.
1908	Portability:
1909		Clean up libsmdb so it functions properly on platforms
1910			where sizeof(u_int32_t) != sizeof(size_t).  Problem
1911			noted by Rein Tollevik of Basefarm AS.
1912		Fix man page formatting for compatibility with Solaris'
1913			whatis.  From Stephen Gildea of InTouch Systems, Inc.
1914		UnixWare 7 includes snprintf() support.  From Larry
1915			Rosenman.
1916		IPv6 changes for platforms using KAME.  Patch from
1917			Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
1918		Avoid a typedef compile conflict with Berkeley DB 3.X and
1919			Solaris 2.5 or earlier.  Problem noted by Bob Hughes
1920			of Pacific Access.
1921		Add preliminary support for AIX 5.  Contributed by
1922			Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
1923		Solaris 9 load average support from Andrew Tucker of Sun
1924			Microsystems.
1925	CONFIG: Reject addresses of the form a!b if FEATURE(`nouucp', `r')
1926		is used.  Problem noted by Phil Homewood of Asia Online,
1927		patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1928	CONFIG: Change the default DNS based blacklist server for
1929		FEATURE(`dnsbl') to blackholes.mail-abuse.org.
1930	CONFIG: Deal correctly with the 'C' flag in {daemon_flags}, i.e.,
1931		implicitly assume canonical host names.
1932	CONFIG: Deal with "::" in IPv6 addresses for access_db.  Based on
1933		patch by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1934	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`aix5') contributed by Valdis Kletnieks of
1935		Virginia Tech.
1936	CONFIG: Pass the illegal header form <list:;> through untouched
1937		instead of making it worse.  Problem noted by Motonori
1938		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1939	CONTRIB: Added buildvirtuser (see `perldoc contrib/buildvirtuser`).
1940	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: An empty queue is not an error.  Problem noted
1941		by Jan Krueger of digitalanswers communications consulting
1942		gmbh.
1943	CONTRIB: domainmap.m4: Handle domains with '-' in them.  From Mark
1944		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
1945	DEVTOOLS: Change the internal devtools OS, REL, and ARCH m4
1946		variables into bldOS, bldREL, and bldARCH to prevent
1947		namespace collisions.  Problem noted by Motonori Nakamura
1948		of Kyoto University.
1949	RMAIL: Undo the 8.11.1 change to use -G when calling sendmail.  It
1950		causes some changes in behavior and may break rmail for
1951		installations where sendmail is actually a wrapper to
1952		another MTA.  The change will re-appear in a future
1953		version.
1954	SMRSH: Use the vendor supplied directory on HPUX 10.X, HPUX 11.X,
1955		and SunOS 5.8.  Requested by Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
1956		College and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1957	VACATION: Fix pattern matching for addresses to ignore.
1958	VACATION: Don't reply to addresses of the form owner-*
1959		or *-owner.
1960	New Files:
1961		cf/ostype/aix5.m4
1962		contrib/buildvirtuser
1963		devtools/OS/AIX.5.0
1964
19658.11.1/8.11.1	2000/09/27
1966	Fix SMTP EXPN command output if the address expands to a single
1967		name.  Fix from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
1968	Don't try STARTTLS in the client if the PRNG has not been properly
1969		seeded.  This problem only occurs on systems without
1970		/dev/urandom.  Problem detected by Jan Krueger of
1971		digitalanswers communications consulting gmbh and
1972		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1973	Don't use the . and .. directories when expanding QueueDirectory
1974		wildcards.
1975	Do not try to cache LDAP connections across processes as a parent
1976		process may close the connection before the child process
1977		has completed.  Problem noted by Lai Yiu Fai of the Hong
1978		Kong University of Science and Technology and Wolfgang
1979		Hottgenroth of UUNET.
1980	Use Timeout.fileopen to limit the amount of time spent trying to
1981		read the LDAP secret from a file.
1982	Prevent SIGTERM from removing a command line submitted item after
1983		the user submits the message and before the first delivery
1984		attempt completes.  Problem noted by Max France of AlphaNet.
1985		Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
1986	Deal correctly with MaxMessageSize restriction if message size is
1987		greater than 2^31.  Problem noted by Tim "Darth Dice" Bosserman
1988		of EarthLink.
1989	Turn off queue checkpointing if CheckpointInterval is set to zero.
1990	Treat an empty home directory (from getpw*() or $HOME) as
1991		non-existent instead of treating it as /.  Problem noted by
1992		Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
1993	Don't drop duplicate headers when reading a queued item.  Problem
1994		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
1995	Avoid bogus error text when logging the savemail panic "cannot
1996		save rejected email anywhere".  Problem noted by Marc G.
1997		Fournier of Acadia University.
1998	If an LDAP search fails because the LDAP server went down, close
1999		the map so subsequent searches reopen the map.  If there are
2000		multiple LDAP servers, the down server will be skipped and
2001		one of the others may be able to take over.
2002	Set the ${load_avg} macro to the current load average, not the
2003		previous load average query result.
2004	If a non-optional map used in a check_* ruleset can't be opened,
2005		return a temporary failure to the remote SMTP client
2006		instead of ignoring the map.  Problem noted by Allan E
2007		Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2008	Avoid a race condition when queuing up split envelopes by saving
2009		the split envelopes before the original envelope.
2010	Fix a bug in the PH_MAP code which caused mail to bounce instead of
2011		defer if the PH server could not be contacted.  From Mark
2012		Roth of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2013	Prevent QueueSortOrder=Filename from interfering with -qR, -qS, and
2014		ETRN.  Problem noted by Erik R. Leo of SoVerNet.
2015	Change error code for unrecognized parameters to the SMTP MAIL and
2016		RCPT commands from 501 to 555 per RFC 1869.  Problem
2017		reported to Postfix by Robert Norris of Monash University.
2018	Prevent overwriting the argument of -B on certain OS.  Problem
2019		noted by Matteo Gelosa of I.NET S.p.A.
2020	Use the proper routine for freeing memory with Netscape's LDAP
2021		client libraries.  Patch from Paul Hilchey of the
2022		University of British Columbia.
2023	Portability:
2024		Move the NETINET6 define to devtools/OS/SunOS.5.{8,9}
2025			instead of defining it in conf.h so users can
2026			override the setting.  Suggested by
2027			Henrik Nordstrom of Ericsson.
2028		On HP-UX 10.X and 11.X, use /usr/sbin/sendmail instead of
2029			/usr/lib/sendmail for rmail and vacation.  From
2030			Jeff A. Earickson of Colby College.
2031		On HP-UX 11.X, use /usr/sbin instead of /usr/libexec (which
2032			does not exist).  From Jeff A. Earickson of Colby
2033			College.
2034		Avoid using the UCB subsystem on NCR MP-RAS 3.x.  From
2035			Tom Moore of NCR.
2036		NeXT 3.X and 4.X installs man pages in /usr/man.  From
2037			Hisanori Gogota of NTT/InterCommunicationCenter.
2038		Solaris 8 and later include /var/run.  The default PID file
2039			location is now /var/run/sendmail.pid.  From John
2040			Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2041		SFIO includes snprintf() for those operating systems
2042			which do not.  From Todd C. Miller of Courtesan
2043			Consulting.
2044	CONFIG: Use the result of _CERT_REGEX_SUBJECT_ not {cert_subject}.
2045		Problem noted by Kaspar Brand of futureLab AG.
2046	CONFIG: Change 553 SMTP reply code to 501 to avoid problems with
2047		errors in the MAIL address.
2048	CONFIG: Fix FEATURE(nouucp) usage in example .mc files.  Problem
2049		noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech.
2050	CONFIG: Add support for Solaris 8 (and later) as OSTYPE(solaris8).
2051		Contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2052	CONFIG: Set confFROM_HEADER such that the mail hub can possibly add
2053		GECOS information for an address.  This more closely
2054		matches pre-8.10 nullclient behavior.  From Per Hedeland of
2055		Ericsson.
2056	CONFIG: Fix MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(): apply the flag modifications for
2057		SMTP to all *smtp* mailers and those for RELAY to the relay
2058		mailer as described in cf/README.
2059	MAIL.LOCAL: Open the mailbox as the recipient not root so quotas
2060		are obeyed.  Problem noted by Damian Kuczynski of NIK.
2061	MAKEMAP: Do not change a map's owner to the TrustedUser if using
2062		makemap to 'unmake' the map.
2063	RMAIL: Avoid overflowing the list of recipients being passed to
2064		sendmail.
2065	RMAIL: Invoke sendmail with '-G' to indicate this is a gateway
2066		submission.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
2067		Meteorological Institute.
2068	VACATION: Read the complete message to avoid "broken pipe" signals.
2069	VACATION: Do not cut off vacation.msg files which have a single
2070		dot as the only character on the line.
2071	New Files:
2072		cf/ostype/solaris8.m4
2073
20748.11.0/8.11.0	2000/07/19
2075	SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary
2076		(not the normal case), some operating systems will still
2077		keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries
2078		to drop all of its privileges.  If sendmail needs to drop
2079		these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the
2080		saved-uid as well, exit with an error.  Problem noted by
2081		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2082	SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string
2083		it populates.  It is possible that some broken
2084		implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this.
2085		Systems in this category should compile with
2086		-DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1.  Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your
2087		system and report broken implementations to
2088		sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor.  Problem
2089		noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP.
2090	Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS).
2091		Implementation influenced by the example programs of
2092		OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus.
2093	Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile,
2094		ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile,
2095		ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile.  These are documented in
2096		cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2097	New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject},
2098		${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify},
2099		${server_name}, and ${server_addr}.  These are documented
2100		in cf/README and doc/op/op.*.
2101	Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better
2102		random data.
2103	New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which
2104		don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to
2105		try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems.
2106	Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which
2107		support encryption.  Based on code contributed by Tim
2108		Martin of CMU.
2109	Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security
2110		strength factor.
2111	LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z
2112		(delimiter) flag was not given.  Problem noted by ST Wong of
2113		the Chinese University of Hong Kong.  Fix from Mark Adamson
2114		of CMU.
2115	Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's
2116		ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute().
2117		Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP.
2118	Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions.  As
2119		documented, unless a family is specified in a
2120		DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default.  It is
2121		also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set.
2122		Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets
2123		by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if
2124		they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces.  Problem noted
2125		by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project.
2126	Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect
2127		the interface information for an outgoing connection.
2128		Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket
2129		family and address used in subsequent connections if the
2130		M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions.  Problem noted
2131		by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2132	If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket
2133		family based on the IP address.  ${if_family} is no longer
2134		persistent (i.e., saved in qf files).  Patch from John Beck
2135		of Sun Microsystems.
2136	sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family}
2137		macros for both the incoming interface address/family and
2138		the outgoing interface address/family.  In order for M=b
2139		modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve
2140		the incoming information in the queue file for later
2141		delivery attempts.
2142	Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in
2143		responses to commands.  Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of
2144		smoe.org.
2145	Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams
2146		to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc().  Problem
2147		noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2148	The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working.
2149		Problem noted by Ajay Matia.
2150	Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred
2151		but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be
2152		delivered when it really should have been queued.  Problem
2153		noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
2154	Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting
2155		the SMTP transaction out of sync.  Problem noted by Per
2156		Hedeland of Ericsson.
2157	Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT
2158		is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities
2159		between sfio and stdio.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert
2160		of Northern Illinois University.
2161	Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log.  Problem
2162		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2163	Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query
2164		to kilobyte units.
2165	If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure
2166		looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later
2167		attempt.  Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo
2168		Polytechnic.
2169	Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded
2170		as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the
2171		queue file and persistent host status.  Problem noted by
2172		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2173	Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists
2174		within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found).
2175		Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2176	Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the
2177		sender.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
2178	If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and
2179		abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that
2180		states "<<< No Message Collected >>>".
2181	Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly
2182		restrictive.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark
2183		G. Thomas Consulting.
2184	Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident
2185		port number (113).
2186	Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page.
2187		Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2188	Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have
2189		host portions (or there are no recipients).  Problem noted
2190		by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2191	If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure
2192		only the first to open the connection is allowed to close
2193		it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for
2194		other maps.  Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET.
2195	Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4
2196		authentication.  Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the
2197		University of Mainz.
2198	Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed
2199		via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23.
2200	Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile.  Omission
2201		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2202	Portability:
2203		Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class
2204			'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others).  From Jun
2205			Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project.
2206		Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX.
2207		NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not
2208			work properly causing problems if the accept()
2209			fails and the socket needs to be reopened.  Patch
2210			from Tom Moore of NCR.
2211		NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages.  From
2212			Andrew Brown of Crossbar Security.
2213		Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED
2214			for calls to getipnodebyname().  The Linux
2215			implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped
2216			under Linux.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and
2217			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
2218	CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place.
2219		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
2220	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
2221		confCACERT_PATH			CACERTPath
2222		confCACERT			CACERTFile
2223		confCLIENT_CERT			ClientCertFile
2224		confCLIENT_KEY			ClientKeyFile
2225		confDH_PARAMETERS		DHParameters
2226		confRAND_FILE			RandFile
2227		confSERVER_CERT			ServerCertFile
2228		confSERVER_KEY			ServerKeyFile
2229	CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new
2230		tags to the access database to support these policies.  See
2231		cf/README for more information.
2232	CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header.
2233	CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't
2234		called due to a STARTTLS command.
2235	CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent
2236		instead of temporary.
2237	CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with
2238		the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To:
2239		tag.  Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas
2240		Consulting.
2241	CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in
2242		OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux').  From Tim Pierce of
2243		RootsWeb.com.
2244	CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and
2245		forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as
2246		possible.  Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the
2247		University of Maryland.
2248	CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users.  From
2249		Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
2250	CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from
2251		ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and
2252		ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if
2253		underscore is in OperatorChars.  Problem noted by Bob Zeitz
2254		of the University of Alberta.
2255	CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}.
2256		Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation.
2257	CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers.
2258	CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash
2259		of X.509 certificates.
2260	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl:  More protection from special characters;
2261		treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the
2262		GECOS full name and username match.  From Ulrich Windl of the
2263		Universitat Regensburg.
2264	CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a
2265		typo.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2266	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue
2267		and sendmail.  Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2268	CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as
2269		subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2270	CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by
2271		calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration
2272		script for movemail.pl).  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
2273	CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to
2274		makemap).  From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc.
2275	DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any
2276		extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation
2277		target.  Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon
2278		University.
2279	DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9.
2280	DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create
2281		links.
2282	LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not
2283		reported.
2284	MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability.  Problem noted by Tim Boyer of
2285		Denman Tire Corporation.
2286	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with
2287		-DCONTENTLENGTH.  Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU.
2288	MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional).
2289	MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff
2290		and -man on Solaris 7.  Patch from Larry Williamson.
2291	RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf().  Problem noted by David Hayes of
2292		Black Diamond Equipment, Limited.
2293	RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not
2294		have a From line.
2295	VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not
2296		to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient.
2297	Added Files:
2298		cf/ostype/darwin.m4
2299		contrib/cidrexpand
2300		contrib/link_hash.sh
2301		contrib/movemail.conf
2302		contrib/movemail.pl
2303		devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9
2304		test/t_snprintf.c
2305
23068.10.2/8.10.2	2000/06/07
2307	SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation.
2308		On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert
2309		the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root
2310		process to drop its privileges.  Problem noted by Wojciech
2311		Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl.
2312	SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(),
2313		initgroups(), and chroot() calls.
2314	Added Files:
2315		test/t_setuid.c
2316
23178.10.1/8.10.1	2000/04/06
2318	SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP
2319		Authentication mechanisms to those specified in
2320		AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage.  We do not
2321		recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the
2322		password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers.  See
2323		cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information.
2324	Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some
2325		OSs.  Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com.
2326	Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long.
2327	Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is
2328		greater than sendmail binary supported version.  Patch
2329		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2330	Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing
2331		a segmentation fault when using address test mode.  Based on
2332		patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2333	Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3).  Problem
2334		noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin.
2335	Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership.
2336	Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10
2337		or higher.
2338	Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using
2339		exponential delay after too many tries within one connection.
2340	Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string.
2341	Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs.
2342		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester
2343		Polytechnic Institute.
2344	Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually
2345		discards the message.
2346	Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side
2347		when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is
2348		attempted to the alias.
2349	Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other
2350		flag options.
2351	Portability:
2352		SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for
2353			AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X
2354			linker semantics.  AIX 4.X users should consult
2355			sendmail/README for further information.  Problem
2356			noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
2357		Avoid use of strerror(3) call.  Problem noted by Charles
2358			Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal.
2359		DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install
2360			program.  From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation.
2361		HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function.
2362		Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X
2363			from J. P. McCann of E I A.
2364		Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3).
2365			Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet
2366			Services, LLC.
2367		Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working
2368			strlc{at,py}(3) functions.  From Todd C. Miller of
2369			Courtesan Consulting.
2370		SINIX doesn't have random(3).  From Gerald Rinske of
2371			Siemens Business Services.
2372	CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to
2373		include the sender address.  Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht
2374		of WSRCC.
2375	CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls.
2376	CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS
2377		to be backward compatible with 8.9.
2378	CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable
2379		to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail.
2380	CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete.
2381	DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored.  Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki
2382		of NEC.
2383	DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture
2384		(i486).  From Tom J. Moore of NCR.
2385	DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility
2386		libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's
2387		overloaded -L option.  Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of
2388		Virginia Tech.
2389	DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for
2390		confNROFF.  Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse
2391		University.
2392	DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added
2393		for other internal projects but included in the open source
2394		release.
2395	LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the
2396		map name to determine whether or not to add the extension.
2397		This fixes makemap when building the userdb file.  Problem
2398		noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds.
2399	LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if
2400		it doesn't already exist.  Problem noted by Rand Wacker of
2401		Sendmail.
2402	LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are
2403		available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails.  This
2404		fixes praliases.  Patch	from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2405	LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted
2406		as SFF_NOWRFILES.
2407	OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags.  Suggested by
2408		Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of
2409		Northern Illinois University.
2410	PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for
2411		particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the
2412		command line.  Man page updated accordingly.  Patch from
2413		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2414	VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole
2415		Polytechnique de Montreal.
2416	VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for
2417		compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from
2418		Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke.
2419	Added Files:
2420		devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4
2421		devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0
2422	Deleted Files:
2423		contrib/converting.sun.configs
2424	Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed):
2425		doc/intro
2426		doc/usenix
2427		doc/changes
2428
24298.10.0/8.10.0	2000/03/01
2430	    *************************************************************
2431	    * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered	*
2432	    * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team.	*
2433	    * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering	*
2434	    * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment	*
2435	    * of this release.  It was her vision, dedication, and	*
2436	    * support that has made this release a success.  Julie died	*
2437	    * on October 26, 1999 of cancer.  We have lost a leader, a	*
2438	    * coach, and a friend.					*
2439	    *								*
2440	    * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy,	*
2441	    * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us.	*
2442	    * Julie, we miss you!					*
2443	    *************************************************************
2444	SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic
2445		links to make sure the files can't be compromised due
2446		to poor permissions on the parent directories of the
2447		symbolic link target.
2448	SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild
2449		the alias map.  Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the
2450		"Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
2451	SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if
2452		the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the
2453		sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file
2454		(leaving it in an inconsistent state).  This option and
2455		its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2456		version of sendmail.
2457	SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and
2458		stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail.  Problem noted
2459		by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project
2460		(IdS).
2461	Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This affects
2462		a large number of files.  See cf/README for more details.
2463	The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly
2464		for easier code sharing among the programs.
2465	Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554).  New macros for this purpose
2466		are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author}
2467		which hold the client's authentication credentials,
2468		the mechanism used for authentication, and the
2469		authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if
2470		supplied).  Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU.
2471	On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD
2472		distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce
2473		file system overhead by not creating temporary files on
2474		disk.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2475	New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2476		memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is
2477		used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2478	New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a
2479		memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based
2480		file is used.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2481	sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can
2482		now listen on several different ports.  Use:
2483		O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E
2484		to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned
2485		on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned
2486		off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa').
2487	The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated.  Mail user agents should
2488		begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user
2489		message submission.  XUSR may disappear from a future release.
2490	The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option
2491		indicates that the message being submitted from the command
2492		line is for relaying, not initial submission.  This means
2493		the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully
2494		qualified and no canonicalization will be done.  Future
2495		releases may even reject improperly formed messages.
2496	The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is
2497		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
2498		Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that
2499		this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U).
2500	The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted
2501		from the command line is an initial user submission and act
2502		accordingly.
2503	If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward
2504		program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the
2505		address is marked as unsafe.  This means if RunAsUser is
2506		set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to
2507		files in their .forward files.  Administrators can override
2508		this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new
2509		setting NonRootSafeAddr.
2510	Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set
2511		on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to
2512		TrustStickyBit.  Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of
2513		InCert Software.
2514	Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward
2515		files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is
2516		set in the DontBlameSendmail option.  Requested by many.
2517	New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying
2518		a control socket request.
2519	New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver
2520		settings:
2521		Timeout.resolver.retrans
2522			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2523			seconds).  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2524			and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal.
2525		Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
2526			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2527			seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2528		Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
2529			Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in
2530			seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first
2531			delivery attempt.
2532		Timeout.resolver.retry
2533			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2534			query.  Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2535			and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal.
2536		Timeout.resolver.retry.first
2537			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2538			query for the first attempt to deliver a message.
2539		Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
2540			Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver
2541			query for all resolver lookups except the first
2542			delivery attempt.
2543		Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2544	Support multiple queue directories.  To use multiple queues, supply
2545		a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk.  For
2546		example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the
2547		directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with
2548		'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories.  Keep in
2549		mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed
2550		while sendmail is running.  Queue runs create a separate
2551		process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is
2552		given on a non-daemon queue run.  New items are randomly
2553		assigned to a queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2554	Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if
2555		subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names
2556		exist in the queue directories, they are used for the
2557		corresponding queue files.  Keep in mind, the queue
2558		directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is
2559		running.  Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore
2560		Telecommunications Ltd.
2561	New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be
2562		unique for 60 years.  This allows queue IDs to be assigned
2563		without fancy file system locking.  Queued items can be
2564		moved between queues easily.  Contributed by Exactis.com,
2565		Inc.
2566	Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures
2567		(e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if
2568		set.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2569	New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for
2570		syslog.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2571	QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename.  This
2572		avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing
2573		to run the queue.  Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc.
2574	Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been
2575		donated by Exactis.com, Inc.
2576	The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags.
2577	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the
2578		QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning:
2579		being added.  Suggested by Michael K. Sanders.
2580	IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State
2581		University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University,
2582		and John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2583	In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse
2584		connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands.
2585		Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications
2586		Ltd.
2587	The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket
2588		on systems which support them.  This can be used with LMTP
2589		local delivery agents which listen on a named socket.  An
2590		example mailer might be:
2591			Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n,
2592				S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix,
2593				A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd
2594		Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct.
2595	The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated.  Use [IPC]
2596		instead.
2597	The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a
2598		legitimate value.  Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP
2599		connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future
2600		version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery).
2601	PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts
2602		flags.
2603	PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the
2604		body of the original message on delivery status
2605		notifications.
2606	Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set.  Problem noted
2607		by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
2608	Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP
2609		Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset.  Problem noted by
2610		Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2611	Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times.  OperatorChars should
2612		not be set after rulesets are defined.  Suggested by
2613		Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
2614	Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files.  In
2615		interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP
2616		responses after the DATA command.  Problem noted by
2617		Nik Conwell of Boston University.
2618	Check file close when mailing to files.  Problem noted by Nik
2619		Conwell of Boston University.
2620	Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map.  Patch from
2621		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2622	Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using
2623		ldap_open() or ldap_init().  Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of
2624		@Home Network.
2625	New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH=
2626		parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted.  See SMTP
2627		AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps.
2628	Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and
2629		check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively,
2630		similar to check_rcpt etc.
2631	Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr},
2632		${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold
2633		the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e.
2634		the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr.
2635		From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2636	New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve
2637		call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP.  Proposed
2638		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2639	New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold
2640		the corresponding DSN parameter values.  Proposed by
2641		Mathias Herberts.
2642	New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter,
2643		i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue),
2644		before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds
2645		the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used
2646		in check_compat).
2647	The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode
2648		sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode
2649		option.
2650	New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts.
2651	Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is
2652		a local address.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2653	Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue.
2654		Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
2655	Log "low on disk space" only when necessary.
2656	New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average.
2657		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
2658	Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn
2659		is set.
2660	Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted
2661		for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub).
2662	Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode.
2663		This flag is set by default for the host map.  Based on a
2664		proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan.
2665	Open maps only on demand, not at startup.
2666	Log warning about unsupported IP address families.
2667	New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length
2668		of the sum of all headers.  This can be used to prevent
2669		a denial-of-service attack.
2670	New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME
2671		headers and parameters within those headers.  This option
2672		is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer
2673		overflow attacks.
2674	Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of
2675		alias recursion.
2676	New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit.
2677	Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd.
2678	Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash
2679		directly before the newline.
2680	New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide
2681		dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to
2682		/usr/tmp/dead.letter.  If this option is not set (the
2683		default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a
2684		system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail
2685		to the user nor postmaster.  Instead, it will rename the qf
2686		file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file
2687		could not be opened.
2688	New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file.  The
2689		value of this option is macro expanded.
2690	New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the
2691		process title shown in 'ps' listings.
2692	New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options
2693		(along with the already existing macros):
2694		${daemon_info}      Daemon information, e.g.
2695		                    SMTP+queueing@00:30:00
2696		${daemon_addr}	    Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0
2697		${daemon_family}    Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc.
2698		${daemon_name}      Daemon name, e.g., MSA.
2699		${daemon_port}	    Daemon port, e.g., 25
2700		${queue_interval}   Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00
2701	New macros especially for virtual hosting:
2702		${if_name}	hostname of interface of incoming connection.
2703		${if_addr}	address of interface of incoming connection.
2704		The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the
2705		loopback net.
2706	If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and
2707		would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message.
2708		Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd.
2709	Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>.
2710		Provide header value as quoted string in the macro
2711		${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME).  Suggested by
2712		Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2713		The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}.
2714	H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks.  This
2715		ruleset will only be called if the individual header does
2716		not have its own ruleset assigned.  Suggested by Jan
2717		Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
2718		The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}.
2719	Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not
2720		removed if the config file version is greater than or equal
2721		to 9.  For example, "R$+ ( 1 )		$@ 1" matches the
2722		input "token (1)" but does not match "token".
2723	Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2724		MIME messages.  Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of
2725		Multimedia Consumer Services.  Fix from Per Hedeland of
2726		Ericsson.
2727	Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on
2728		messages with 8-bit text in headers.  Problem noted by
2729		Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College.  Fix from Per Hedeland
2730		of Ericsson.
2731	Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a
2732		modified database map file.  Problem noted by Chris Adams
2733		of Renaissance Internet Services.
2734	Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g.,
2735		$#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now
2736		queue up the message instead of bouncing it.
2737	Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as
2738		standard does not provide any indication of what to do when
2739		something other than 250 is received.  Based on a patch
2740		from Steve Schweinhart of America Online.
2741	New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own
2742		important files instead of root.  This requires HASFCHOWN.
2743	Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and
2744		setting USERDB=0 works.  Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock.
2745	Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure
2746		being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever
2747		really went wrong.  From John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2748	$? tests also whether the macro is non-null.
2749	Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid
2750		equate name.
2751	New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before
2752		executing the mailer program.  Suggested by Igor Vinokurov.
2753	New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the
2754		mailer to return after sending all data to it.
2755	Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process
2756		into a previously filled slot.  Previously, the memory was
2757		freed at removal time.  Since removal can happen in a
2758		signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an
2759		inconsistent state.  Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and
2760		David Cooley of Colby College.
2761	When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup
2762		local users in the passwd file.  The UserDB code has
2763		already decided the message will be passed to another host
2764		for processing.  Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett
2765		Buckeridge Young Limited.
2766	Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the
2767		password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options
2768		'-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'.  The
2769		distinguished_name is who to login as.  The method can be
2770		one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or
2771		LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  The filename is the file containing the
2772		secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos
2773		ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4.  Patch from Booker Bense
2774		of Stanford University.
2775	The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap.  The use of ldapx is
2776		deprecated and will be removed in a future version.
2777	If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute
2778		and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that
2779		response into a delimiter separated string.  The LDAP map
2780		will traverse multiple entries as well.  LDAP alias maps
2781		automatically set the column delimiter to the comma.
2782		Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and
2783		idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc.
2784	Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup.  The
2785		values to be returned should be in a comma separated string.
2786		For example, `-v "email,emailother"'.  Patch from
2787		Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University.
2788	Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps.
2789	If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all
2790		attributes found in the match will be returned.
2791	Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from
2792		breaking up a single entry into multiple entries.  This is
2793		needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for
2794		comma separated key and value strings.
2795	Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing
2796		for each lookup.  To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache
2797		connections such that multiple maps which use the same
2798		host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in
2799		a single connection to that host.
2800	Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT.
2801	Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on
2802		LDAP lookups.
2803	Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network
2804		resources.
2805	Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set.
2806	Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries.
2807	Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification.  '%s' is still
2808		replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key --
2809		note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP
2810		special characters.  The new '%0' token can be used instead
2811		of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254.
2812		For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k
2813		"(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be
2814		equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a
2815		user attribute.  Instead, if the LDAP map specification
2816		contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this
2817		would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user
2818		with the name "*".
2819	New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if
2820		more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records
2821		being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP
2822		alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of
2823		matches to return.
2824	New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for
2825		LDAP maps.  The value should only contain LDAP specific
2826		settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc.  The
2827		settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are
2828		specified in the individual map specification ('K'
2829		command).  This option should be set before any LDAP maps
2830		are defined.
2831	Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open
2832		continually fails.  Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia
2833		Tech.
2834	Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries.  In
2835		particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be
2836		important if you have large classes.
2837	On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which
2838		gave error in the queued status message.  Requested by
2839		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
2840	Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward
2841		configuration.  Mailers which have this flag will not attempt
2842		delivery on initial receipt of a message or on queue runs
2843		unless the queued message is selected using one of the
2844		-qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request.  Code
2845		provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
2846	New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon
2847		control socket.  This socket allows an external program to
2848		control and query status from the running sendmail daemon
2849		via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the
2850		INN news server.  Access to this interface is controlled by
2851		the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX
2852		systems (see sendmail/README for more information).  An
2853		example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl.
2854	Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and
2855		RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the
2856		number of processors online on the system (if that can be
2857		determined).  For single processor machines, this change
2858		has no effect.
2859	Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces.
2860		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2861	Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases.  Patch from
2862		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
2863	Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens
2864		at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher.
2865	Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now
2866		happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher.
2867	Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at
2868		LogLevel 10 or higher.  Previously, only TCP/IP connections
2869		were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher.  Setting
2870		LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent
2871		connection-based denial of service attacks.
2872	Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel
2873		10 or higher.
2874	Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender
2875		information (from= syslog line).
2876	Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new
2877		equate (dsn=).
2878	Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options.
2879	New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets, see
2880		sendmail/README for details.  Contributed by Mark Roth
2881		of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
2882	Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a
2883		bracketed IP address.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
2884		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2885	Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries.  Problem noted by
2886		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
2887	When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run
2888		the program as the default user and the default group, not
2889		the forward file user.  This change also assures the
2890		:include: directives in aliases are also processed using
2891		the default user and group.  Problem noted by Sergiu
2892		Popovici of DNT Romania.
2893	Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with
2894		no home directory (/no/such/directory).  Problem noted by
2895		Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS.
2896	Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a
2897		message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or
2898		above).  Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online.
2899	Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were
2900		accepted.  If some of the recipients were rejected, it is
2901		helpful to know the sender of the message.
2902	Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety.
2903		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
2904	Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is
2905		interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to
2906		multiple files.
2907	Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or
2908		greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the
2909		version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in
2910		the helpfile ($v).  Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET
2911		PIPEX.  Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are
2912		skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced.  The
2913		helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older
2914		version is found, a warning is logged.  The '#vers'
2915		directive should be placed at the top of the help file.
2916	Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to
2917		disk succeeded.  Suggested by Nick Christenson.
2918	If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its
2919		length before the attempt.
2920	If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the
2921		user's uid before checking permissions on the file.  This
2922		allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where
2923		root is remapped to nobody.  Problem noted by Harald
2924		Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm.
2925	purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus)
2926		host status files, not all files.
2927	Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved
2928		in the queue file for the message and set when delivery
2929		is attempted on the queued item.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
2930		Wonderworks Inc.
2931	Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new
2932		macro map class.  This can be used to store information
2933		between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}.
2934		Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University
2935		of Hannover.
2936	New map class arith to allow for computations in rules.  The
2937		operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given
2938		as key.  The two operands are specified as arguments; the
2939		lookup returns the result of the computation.  For example,
2940		"$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and
2941		"$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6".
2942	Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to
2943		include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer
2944		flag:
2945			H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro}
2946		This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}.
2947		It can be used for adding headers to a message based on
2948		the results of check_* and header check rulesets.
2949	Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after
2950		all of the headers have been collected.  The input to the
2951		ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the
2952		headers in bytes separated by $|.  This ruleset along with
2953		the macro storage map can be used to correlate information
2954		gathered between headers and to check for missing headers.
2955		See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example.
2956	Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond
2957		to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec.  This
2958		option is deprecated and will be removed from a future
2959		version.
2960	Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True.
2961	Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True.
2962	Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output
2963		if referencing a named ruleset.
2964	New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages
2965		delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer.
2966	Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before
2967		using it to sort.  Now all the same domains are really run
2968		through the queue together.  If they have the same MX host,
2969		then they will have a much better opportunity to use the
2970		connection cache if available.  This should be a reasonable
2971		performance improvement.  Patch from Randall Winchester of
2972		the University of Maryland.
2973	If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would
2974		have received the message if it had not been rejected.
2975	New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the
2976		queue immediately.  No delivery attempt is made.
2977	Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands
2978		up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}-
2979		COMMANDS).
2980	New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions
2981		but for outgoing connections.
2982	New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for
2983		error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e.
2984			a	require authentication
2985			b	bind to interface through which mail has
2986				been received
2987			c	perform hostname canonification
2988			f	require fully qualified hostname
2989			h	use name of interface for outgoing HELO
2990				command
2991			C	don't perform hostname canonification
2992			E	disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476)
2993	New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e.
2994			h	use name of interface for HELO command
2995	The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4.
2996	Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set
2997		to 10 or higher.  Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National
2998		Institutes of Health.
2999	If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal
3000		format.  Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3001	Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k.
3002	Move message priority from sender to recipient logging.  Suggested by
3003		Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg.
3004	Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X.
3005	Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition.
3006		Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB.
3007	Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO.
3008		Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc.
3009	Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout
3010		sub-options is set on the command line.  Problem noted by
3011		Graeme Hewson of Oracle.
3012	Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is
3013		attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per
3014		session.  Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq.
3015	Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034.
3016	Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless
3017		DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails
3018		to hosts which have dynamically assigned names.
3019	If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing
3020		the bounce for the same reason.  If the body is not 8-bit
3021		clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will
3022		not be included in the bounce.  Problem noted by Valdis
3023		Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3024	The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from
3025		'${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which
3026		simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes.
3027		This will detect the inability to send information quicker
3028		and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to
3029		timeout.
3030	Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled
3031		interface address structure when loading the system network
3032		interface addresses.  Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of
3033		Nanoteq.
3034	Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which
3035		indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing
3036		for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w).  The
3037		default value is 512.  Based on idea from Reinier
3038		Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq.
3039	If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based
3040		on load average.
3041	Allow ruleset 0 to have a name.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3042		Northern Illinois University.
3043	Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-"
3044		envelope splitting has occurred.
3045	Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from
3046		Luke Mewburn from RMIT University.
3047	Add a "/quit" command to address test mode.
3048	Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path:
3049		header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter.
3050		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3051		Institute.
3052	The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using
3053		the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}".  This would copy all of
3054		the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}.
3055	Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for
3056		split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when
3057		the recipients were added.  Based on fix from Motonori
3058		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3059	Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the
3060		addresses.  From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3061	Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope
3062		message.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3063	If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a
3064		syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit.
3065	Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery.  Problem
3066		noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3067	On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the
3068		login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon.
3069		This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin().
3070		Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
3071	Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command
3072		unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue.
3073	Strip returns from forward and include files.  Problem noted by
3074		Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3075	Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which
3076		resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure.
3077		Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3078		University.
3079	Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias"
3080		pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails
3081		the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias.
3082	If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be
3083		ignored and its rules added to S0.  Instead, ignore the
3084		ruleset lines as well.
3085	Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient
3086		success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a
3087		single address due to S5 and UserDB processing.  Problems
3088		noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3089		Institute.
3090	Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal
3091		to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process.
3092		Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems.
3093	Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN
3094		command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN
3095		headers.  Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to
3096		programs, file, DECnet, etc.
3097	Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to
3098		spoof their return address.  Based on idea from Neil Rickert
3099		of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland
3100		of Ericsson.
3101	Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is
3102		owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the
3103		:include: file contains delivery to a file or program.
3104		Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3105	Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if
3106		the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx
3107		response code and drops the connection.  This behavior was
3108		noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when
3109		sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA.
3110	If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the
3111		file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as
3112		a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure.  Fix
3113		from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project.
3114	Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs
3115		instead of spaces between arguments.  Problem noted by Randy
3116		Wormser.  Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3117		University.
3118	Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line
3119		by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root
3120		privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via
3121		'sendmail -bs'.
3122	Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and
3123		"statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for
3124		them in the .cf file.
3125	Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending
3126		success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware
3127		systems.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University
3128		of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International.
3129	Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to
3130		multiple users in the same transaction (F=m).
3131	Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it
3132		will be added even if one already exists.  Problem noted
3133		by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3134	Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped.
3135		This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection
3136		with commands and then disconnecting.  Previously, the
3137		server would process all of the buffered commands.  Problem
3138		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3139	Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'.  Problem
3140		noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries.
3141	If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the
3142		last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist.  Otherwise, use
3143		the last temporary (4XX) failure.
3144	RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case.  Patch
3145		from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3146	Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to
3147		prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a
3148		site which drops IDENT packets.  Suggested by many.
3149	Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data
3150		is available in the in-memory cache.  Problem noted by Per
3151		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3152	mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal
3153		representation and a leading backslash.  This avoids problems
3154		with "unprintable" characters.  Problem noted by Michal
3155		Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS).
3156	The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator
3157		one character past the limit.  This would cause subsequent
3158		hops to break the line again.  The '!' is now placed in
3159		the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken.
3160		Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.  Based on fix
3161		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3162	If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the
3163		resolver will fall back to TCP.  However, some
3164		misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup
3165		fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed.  Therefore,
3166		don't fail on ANY queries.
3167	If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the
3168		address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN
3169		to the postmaster.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3170		Northern Illinois University.
3171	Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map
3172		specification.  Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina
3173		State University.
3174	Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on
3175		cached connections.  Problem noted by Neil Rickert of
3176		Northern Illinois University.
3177	Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e.,
3178		"host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection".
3179	Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode.
3180	Portability:
3181		Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with
3182			the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the
3183			other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART
3184			is not available.  Problem noted by Allan E
3185			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3186		AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr.
3187			This allows network interface probing to work
3188			properly.  Fix from David Bronder of the
3189			University of Iowa.
3190		AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support.
3191		Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under
3192			AIX.  This will be reflected in the obj.* directory
3193			name.
3194		Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port.
3195		Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of
3196			Virginia Tech.
3197		Digital UNIX has uname(2).
3198		GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of
3199			Amsterdam.
3200		Improved HPUX 11.0 portability.
3201		Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X,
3202			FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X.
3203		Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS
3204			files.  Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI
3205			in building the operating system.  Users can
3206			override the defaults by setting confCC and
3207			confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately.
3208		IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI.
3209		Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI.
3210		Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain
3211			of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC.
3212		Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build
3213			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3214		Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build
3215			system.  From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University.
3216		Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from
3217			Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia.
3218		NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support.  From
3219			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3220		NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and
3221			_PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of
3222			NEC Computers Group Planning Division.
3223		Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D.
3224		NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and
3225			1024 in conf.h.  Since confENVDEF would be used,
3226			use that value in conf.h.
3227		Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name.  From Gerd Knops of
3228			BITart Consulting.
3229		Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if
3230			AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are
3231			defined.  Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple
3232			Computer, Inc.
3233		NeXT portability tweaks.  Problems reported by Dragan
3234			Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann
3235			of E I A.
3236		New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system
3237			can reuse the same PID in the same second.
3238		New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has
3239			fchown(2).
3240		New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does
3241			not have random(3).  rand() will be used instead.
3242		New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has
3243			srandomdev(3).
3244		New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has
3245			setlogin(2).
3246		Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version
3247			specific SINIX files.  From Gerald Rinske of
3248			Siemens Business Services.
3249		Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load
3250			average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital
3251			UNIX).  From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld.
3252		Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.  Suggested by
3253			Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace.
3254		Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX.
3255			Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3256			Aerospace.
3257		Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running
3258			HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori
3259			NAKAMURA of Kyoto University.
3260		New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable
3261			use of getservbyname() on systems which can
3262			not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as
3263			HI-UX.  Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto
3264			University.
3265		Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x.  Problem noted
3266			by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and
3267			Technology Information Network.
3268		make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2.  Problem
3269			noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd.
3270		Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3271		Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD,
3272			and OpenBSD.
3273		A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection
3274			of local_hostname_length().  See sendmail/README
3275			for more details.  Problem noted by Allan E
3276			Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3277	CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files.  This
3278		affects a large number of files.  See cf/README for more
3279		details.
3280	CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including
3281		trailing slash) for the mail settings directory.
3282	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9.
3283	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been
3284		deprecated and may be removed from a future release.
3285		BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi').
3286	CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-set-user-ID root.  This
3287		requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd').  From Todd C. Miller of
3288		Courtesan Consulting.
3289	CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X.
3290	CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level
3291		domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to
3292		be improperly rejected as unresolvable.
3293	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of
3294		DNS server, rejection message) and can be included
3295		multiple times.
3296	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the
3297		mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged
3298		with From:).
3299	CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:,
3300		From:, To:) to enable finer control.
3301	CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address
3302		routing.  See cf/README for a complete description of the
3303		new functionality.
3304	CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options:
3305		confAUTH_MECHANISMS		AuthMechanisms
3306		confAUTH_OPTIONS		AuthOptions
3307		confCLIENT_OPTIONS		ClientPortOptions
3308		confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME		ControlSocketName
3309		confDEAD_LETTER_DROP		DeadLetterDrop
3310		confDEF_AUTH_INFO		DefaultAuthInfo
3311		confDF_BUFFER_SIZE		DataFileBufferSize
3312		confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC		LDAPDefaultSpec
3313		confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION		MaxAliasRecursion
3314		confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH		MaxHeadersLength
3315		confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH	MaxMimeHeaderLength
3316		confPID_FILE			PidFile
3317		confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX	ProcessTitlePrefix
3318		confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN		RrtImpliesDsn
3319		confTO_CONTROL			Timeout.control
3320		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS		Timeout.resolver.retrans
3321		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retrans.first
3322		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal
3323		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY		Timeout.resolver.retry
3324		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST	Timeout.resolver.retry.first
3325		confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL	Timeout.resolver.retry.normal
3326		confTRUSTED_USER		TrustedUser
3327		confXF_BUFFER_SIZE		XscriptFileBufferSize
3328	CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(),
3329		which takes the options as argument and can be used
3330		multiple times; see cf/README for details.
3331	CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called
3332		"dsmtp".  This mail provides on-demand delivery using the
3333		F=% mailer flag described above.  The "dsmtp" mailer
3334		definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults
3335		to "IPC $h".
3336	CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS,
3337		and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the
3338		local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively.
3339	CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting
3340		the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer.  The
3341		value should be changed with care.
3342	CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type
3343		for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP".
3344	CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if
3345		there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will
3346		complain.
3347	CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root')
3348		to get the old behavior.  Suggested by Joe Pruett
3349		of Q7 Enterprises.
3350	CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which
3351		will not be masqueraded.  Proposed by Arne Wichmann
3352		of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor,
3353		Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc.
3354	CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be
3355		specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE,
3356		i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $]
3357		for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert
3358		of Northern Illinois University.
3359	CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for
3360		FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only
3361		a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified.
3362	CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is
3363		nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component
3364		in it.
3365	CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain
3366		in class 'P' ($=P).
3367	CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that
3368		can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE.
3369		FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this
3370		class also to entire subdomains.  Hosts in this class are
3371		treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot
3372		is added.
3373	CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used,
3374		include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay).
3375	CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the
3376		genericstable also to subdomains of $=G.
3377	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups.
3378		Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago.
3379	CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups.  Suggested
3380		by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net.
3381	CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading.
3382		Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates.
3383	CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w.  Suggested by Steve
3384		Hubert of University of Washington.
3385	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as
3386		GNU is now the canonical system name.  From Mark
3387		Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam.
3388	CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman.
3389	CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value
3390		associated with the option.  From Andrew Brown of
3391		Graffiti World Wide, Inc.
3392	CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer.  Contributed
3393		by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology
3394		Services.
3395	CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder
3396		names.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales
3397		Aerospace.
3398	CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags
3399		for the relay mailer.  Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn
3400		University and Brian Candler.
3401	CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path:
3402		header) by default.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3403	CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host].
3404		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3405		Institute.
3406	CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS;
3407		i.e., to set, add, or delete flags.
3408	CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user
3409		who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that
3410		is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms').
3411	CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay
3412		after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks.
3413	CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated
3414		feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of
3415		sequence maps.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3416	CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of
3417		line string for the local mailer.  Requested by Il Oh of
3418		Willamette Industries, Inc.
3419	CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is
3420		converted to <user@d>
3421	CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by
3422		Sun's older, broken configuration files.
3423	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a
3424		normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be
3425		performed.
3426	CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if
3427		${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily.
3428		Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
3429		Institute.
3430	CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can
3431		be accessed by their numbers).
3432	CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial
3433		which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part
3434		of an address.
3435	CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used
3436		to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag
3437		set.  If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate
3438		action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored.
3439	CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4
3440		and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4.
3441		The latter is kept around for backward compatibility.
3442	CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries,
3443		where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code.
3444	CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX).
3445	CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_
3446		line.  Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3447		Institute.
3448	CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates.
3449	CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take
3450		arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and
3451		mailer definition flags.  This makes it possible to use
3452		other programs such as maildrop for local delivery.
3453	CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or
3454		FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local').
3455		Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM.
3456	CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header
3457		default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER).
3458	CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a
3459		local mailer.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3460	CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the
3461		University of California at Berkeley.
3462	CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of
3463		Illinois at Urbana-Champaign.
3464	CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names.  Patch from
3465		Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab.
3466	CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3467		Corporation UK.
3468	CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues.
3469	DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with
3470		the Build scripts.  Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of
3471		Yale University.
3472	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will
3473		be used for building.
3474	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be
3475		used for a fresh build.
3476	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh.
3477	DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to
3478		ranlib.
3479	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in
3480		<path>/obj.*.  Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis.
3481	DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the
3482		building of the man pages when defined.  Suggested by Bryan
3483		Costales.
3484	DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and
3485		confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the
3486		installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file
3487		respectively.  Suggested by Bryan Costales.
3488	DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX.  Patch from Gerald Rinske
3489		of Siemens Business Services.
3490	DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of
3491		stdio library.  The new buffered file I/O depends on the
3492		Torek stdio library.  This option can be either portable or
3493		torek.
3494	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which
3495		correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively.
3496		They should contain the C source files for the object files
3497		listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD.  These file names
3498		will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation.
3499	DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs
3500		in the sendmail distribution.  Each has the form
3501		`conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'.
3502		The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS,
3503		conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD.
3504	DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign.  This should have little affect on
3505		building the distribution, but documentation on the changes
3506		are in devtools/README.
3507	DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already
3508		exists.  Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
3509	DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies
3510		the path to the sendmail source directory.  confSRCDIR is a
3511		new variable which identifies the root of the source
3512		directories for all of the programs in the distribution.
3513	DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build
3514		time.  They can both still be overridden by setting the m4
3515		macro.
3516	DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem.
3517	DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for
3518		build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/.
3519		Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object
3520		directories.  Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment
3521		Corporation.
3522	DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted
3523		manual pages in the directory tree specified by
3524		confMANROOTMAN.
3525	DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the
3526		preformatted pages from the distribution.  The new variable
3527		confCOPY specifies the copying program.
3528	DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without
3529		question.  Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle
3530		Communications.
3531	DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names
3532		of the installed statistics and help files, respectively.
3533	DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining
3534		operating system identity.  Problem noted by Erik
3535		Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College.
3536	DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that
3537		will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH.
3538		Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib".
3539	DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying
3540		how to strip binaries.  These are used by the new
3541		install-strip target.
3542	DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after
3543		the others (if it exists).
3544	DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries
3545		then the default ones.
3546	MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed set-user-ID root.  To use mail.local
3547		as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use
3548		MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S')
3549		to set the S flag.
3550	MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be
3551		accepted by sendmail.  Suggested by Neil Rickert of
3552		Northern Illinois University.
3553	MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise
3554		8BITMIME in the LHLO response.  Suggested by Kari Hurtta of
3555		the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3556	MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining
3557		MAILLOCK when compiling.  Also requires linking with
3558		-lmail.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3559		University.
3560	MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is
3561		defined when compiling.  Automatically set for Solaris 2.3
3562		and later.  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3563		University.
3564	MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address
3565		structure to the beginning of the program.  This ensures that
3566		the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly
3567		unauthenticated user.  If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC
3568		on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as,
3569		"authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session
3570		key."  Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois
3571		University.
3572	MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is
3573		set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling.
3574		Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3575	MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046
3576		characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming
3577		line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the
3578		newline).  If an input line was 2047 characters long
3579		(excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.',
3580		mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the
3581		user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail.
3582		If the message was much longer, both sendmail and
3583		mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read
3584		what they have written.  Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of
3585		Alcatel Australia Limited.
3586	MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a
3587		temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota.  Suggested by
3588		Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3589	MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global
3590		timeout to avoid starvation.
3591	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted
3592		local-parts.  Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of
3593		Infinite Monkeys & Co.
3594	MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3595	MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are
3596		printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file
3597		is reset.  Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University
3598		of Maryland.
3599	MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of
3600		generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the
3601		sendmail configuration file.
3602	MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail
3603		configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser
3604		option.
3605	MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database.  Based on
3606		code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
3607	MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values.  Suggested by Philip
3608		A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services.
3609	MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems.  Problem
3610		noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services.
3611	OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer
3612		equates.  Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines.
3613	OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation.  From Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3614		Corporation UK.
3615	OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe"
3616		(e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the
3617		option was specified on the command line).  Problem noted
3618		by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting.
3619	PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for
3620		Berkeley DB.  Patch from Brian J. Coan of the
3621		Institute for Global Communications.
3622	PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the
3623		alias file(s) if the -f option is not used.  Patch from
3624		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3625	PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail
3626		configuration file to use for finding alias file(s).  Patch
3627		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3628	SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit.  Allow command
3629		lists using || and &&.  Based on patch from Brian J. Coan
3630		of the Institute for Global Communications.
3631	SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system.  From Tim Pierce
3632		of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative.
3633	VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution.
3634	LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library.  Works with Berkeley
3635		DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM.
3636	Changed Files:
3637		The Build script in the various program subdirectories are
3638			no longer symbolic links.  They are now scripts
3639			which execute the actual Build script in
3640			devtools/bin.
3641		All the manual pages are now written against -man and not
3642			-mandoc as they were previously.
3643		Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead
3644			of Build will work (unless parameters are
3645			required for Build).
3646	New Directories:
3647		devtools/M4/UNIX
3648		include
3649		libmilter
3650		libsmdb
3651		libsmutil
3652		vacation
3653	Renamed Directories:
3654		BuildTools => devtools
3655		src => sendmail
3656	Deleted Files:
3657		cf/m4/nullrelay.m4
3658		devtools/OS/Linux.ppc
3659		devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3660		devtools/OS/SINIX
3661		sendmail/ldap_map.h
3662	New Files:
3663		INSTALL
3664		PGPKEYS
3665		cf/cf/generic-linux.cf
3666		cf/cf/generic-linux.mc
3667		cf/feature/delay_checks.m4
3668		cf/feature/dnsbl.m4
3669		cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4
3670		cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4
3671		cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4
3672		cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4
3673		cf/mailer/qpage.m4
3674		cf/ostype/bsdi.m4
3675		cf/ostype/hpux11.m4
3676		cf/ostype/openbsd.m4
3677		contrib/bounce-resender.pl
3678		contrib/domainmap.m4
3679		contrib/qtool.8
3680		contrib/qtool.pl
3681		devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4
3682		devtools/M4/list.m4
3683		devtools/M4/string.m4
3684		devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4
3685		devtools/M4/switch.m4
3686		devtools/OS/Darwin
3687		devtools/OS/GNU
3688		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43
3689		devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44
3690		devtools/OS/m88k
3691		devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh
3692		mail.local/Makefile
3693		mailstats/Makefile
3694		makemap/Makefile
3695		praliases/Makefile
3696		rmail/Makefile
3697		sendmail/Makefile
3698		sendmail/bf.h
3699		sendmail/bf_portable.c
3700		sendmail/bf_portable.h
3701		sendmail/bf_torek.c
3702		sendmail/bf_torek.h
3703		sendmail/shmticklib.c
3704		sendmail/statusd_shm.h
3705		sendmail/timers.c
3706		sendmail/timers.h
3707		smrsh/Makefile
3708		vacation/Makefile
3709	Renamed Files:
3710		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4
3711		sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h
3712		sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile
3713		sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h
3714		sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h
3715		sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c
3716		sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c
3717		sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h
3718		cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4
3719	Copied Files:
3720		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4
3721
37228.9.3/8.9.3	1999/02/04
3723	SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total
3724		of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of
3725		service attack.  This limit will be configurable in 8.10.
3726		Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for
3727		Schools" project (IdS).
3728	Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map
3729		was closed due to an earlier failure.  Problem noted by
3730		Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org.  Fix from Booker Bense of
3731		Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3732	Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages
3733		when performing the MIME header length check.  This
3734		will allow PGP signatures to function properly.  Problem
3735		noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland.
3736	If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive,
3737		the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop
3738		broken" error.  Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan
3739		Stanley.  Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3740	Allow -T to work for bestmx maps.  Fix from Aaron Schrab of
3741		ExecPC Internet Systems.
3742	During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a
3743		TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued
3744		for later retry but the failure would be logged as
3745		"Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout.  Problem noted by
3746		Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH)
3747		and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet.
3748	Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the
3749		F=w mailer flag is not set.  Problem noted by Murray S.
3750		Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per
3751		Hedeland of Ericsson.
3752	Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a
3753		default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default.
3754		Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus
3755		College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc.
3756	Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name)
3757		in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd.
3758	Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of
3759		requiring 354.  This change will match the wording to be
3760		published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS
3761		group of the IETF.
3762	Portability:
3763		AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset
3764			bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2.  This introduces the
3765			softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should
3766			not be used.  It conflicts with the resolver
3767			built into libc.a.  "bind" has been removed
3768			from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable.
3769			Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have
3770			to add it back in their site.config.m4 file.
3771			Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the
3772			Technical University of Denmark.
3773		CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego
3774			Supercomputer Center.
3775		Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input
3776			from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation,
3777			John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense
3778			of Stanford University.
3779		Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone
3780			between different releases.  Back out the
3781			change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive
3782			a timezone.  Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits
3783			of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign
3784			and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications.
3785		Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy
3786			of Siemens/SNI.
3787		SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3788	CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper
3789		timezone.  Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical
3790		University of Brno.
3791	CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly
3792		when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local).  Patch from Neil W.
3793		Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3794	CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on
3795		hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:.  Patch from
3796		Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3797	CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value.  Patch from
3798		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
3799	CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet
3800		on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail.
3801		Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University.
3802	CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would
3803		cause later checks to fail.  Patch from Paul J Murphy of
3804		MIDS Europe.
3805	New Files:
3806		BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x
3807		BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX
3808		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8
3809
38108.9.2/8.9.2	1998/12/30
3811	SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections
3812		due to an accept() failure.  This sleep could be used
3813		for a denial of service attack.
3814	Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long.
3815		Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
3816	Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent
3817		host status.  Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle
3818		Corporation UK.
3819	Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories.
3820		Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society.
3821	Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault.
3822		Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham.
3823	Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the
3824		noetrn flag.  This is scheduled to change in a future
3825		version of sendmail.  Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of
3826		Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu
3827		Internet Services.
3828	When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX
3829		environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the
3830		default domain appended.  Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of
3831		Polderland Language & Speech Technology.
3832	Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e.
3833		'RCPT TO: (comment)'.  Problem noted by Earle Ake of
3834		Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
3835	Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec.  Patch from
3836		Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3837	Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent
3838		a segmentation fault.  Patch from Wayne Knowles of the
3839		National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd.
3840	Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address
3841		verification (-bv).  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the
3842		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3843	Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the
3844		daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full
3845		condition.  Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet
3846		Internet Services.
3847	Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file
3848		in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist.  Problem
3849		noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University.
3850	Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception.
3851		Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for
3852		its memory pool.  Closing a map opened by another process
3853		will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the
3854		parent process leaving things in a bad state.  For
3855		Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process
3856		is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close
3857		the map file descriptor.  Thanks to Yoseff Francus of
3858		Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for
3859		extended testing.
3860	Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply
3861		failures.  Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal.
3862	On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such
3863		as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more),
3864		stop sending output and exit.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen
3865		of Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
3866	In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures
3867		are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent
3868		failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition.
3869		Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and
3870		Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
3871	Fix by one error reporting on long alias names.  Problem noted by
3872		H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education
3873		Network.
3874	Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior.  Problem
3875		noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory.
3876	When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME,
3877		be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that
3878		boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line.  Problem
3879		noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc.  Fix from
3880		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3881	Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer
3882		has enough space for the additional address.  Problem
3883		noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong.
3884	Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior.  Problem
3885		noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College.
3886	If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer,
3887		discard the current recipient.  Unlike check_relay,
3888		check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not
3889		discarded.  Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs.  Fix from
3890		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3891	Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with
3892		bogus formatting.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3893		Meteorological Institute.
3894	Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3895	OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers.  Fix
3896		from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach.
3897	Portability:
3898		Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc.
3899		Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase
3900			option structure.  Problem noted by Ashley M.
3901			Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc.
3902		Break out IP address to hostname translation for
3903			reading network interface addresses into
3904			class 'w'.  Patch from John Kennedy of
3905			Cal State University, Chico.
3906		AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized
3907			from changing the semantics of the compiled
3908			program.  From Simon Travaglia of the
3909			University of Waikato, New Zealand.
3910		FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext().  From
3911			Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3912		FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix.
3913		IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes.  From
3914			Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University.
3915		IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support.
3916		LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer
3917			of Sun Microsystems.
3918		Linux does not implement seteuid() properly.  From
3919			John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
3920		Linux timezone type was set improperly.  From Takeshi Itoh
3921			of Bits Co., Ltd.
3922		NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS.  From
3923			Tom J. Moore of NCR.
3924		NeXT 4.x correction to man page path.  From J. P. McCann
3925			of E I A.
3926		System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs)
3927			from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network
3928			Information Center.
3929		ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from
3930			Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic
3931			Institute.
3932		Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr().  Fix from Henk
3933			van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau.
3934	CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying.
3935		Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc.  Fix from
3936		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3937	CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as
3938		there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may
3939		not be the one in use.  Suggested by Alan Brown of
3940		Manawatu Internet Services.
3941	CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2)
3942		when stripping down a recipient address to check for
3943		relaying.  Patch from Claus Assmann of
3944		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert
3945		of Northern Illinois University.
3946	CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups.  Patch
3947		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3948		Kiel.
3949	CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch
3950		Dot Com.
3951	CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning.  Patch
3952		from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of
3953		Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
3954	CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g.
3955		user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now
3956		checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is
3957		used.  Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
3958		Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and
3959		Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
3960	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP
3961		stream.  Do not allow more than one response per recipient.
3962	MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP.  Fix
3963		from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3964	MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP.  Fix from
3965		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
3966	MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in
3967		the envelope From header.
3968	MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode.
3969		Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University.
3970	MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page.
3971		Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University.
3972	MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with
3973		the -s flag.  Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet
3974		Portal Services, Inc.
3975	PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the
3976		NULL byte at the end of the key.  Patch from John Beck of
3977		Sun Microsystems.
3978	PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change.
3979	New Files:
3980		BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5
3981		BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386
3982		cf/ostype/unixware7.m4
3983		contrib/smcontrol.pl
3984		src/control.c
3985
39868.9.1/8.9.1	1998/07/02
3987	If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic
3988		site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used
3989		instead of both.  Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of
3990		the Norwegian University of Science and Technology.
3991	Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME
3992		multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened
3993		file descriptor.  Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
3994		Meteorological Institute.
3995	Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of
3996		the header area when parsing MIME headers.  Problem noted
3997		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
3998	Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the
3999		installation commands.  The man pages would still be
4000		built with .0 extensions.  Problem noted by Bryan
4001		Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4002	Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment
4003		variable.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4004	If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages
4005		were still delivered.  Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK.
4006	Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error
4007		if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set.
4008		Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital.
4009	Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created
4010		in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead
4011		and then back.  Problem noted by Michael Miller of the
4012		University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg.
4013	Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is
4014		set in the PrivacyOptions option.  Fix from Ted Rule of
4015		Flextech TV.
4016	Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of
4017		bouncing the message.  Problem noted by David Lindes of
4018		DaveLtd Enterprises.
4019	Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to
4020		compilation.  Installation may be done from a read-only
4021		mount.  Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric
4022		Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc.
4023	Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit.  Problem
4024		noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc.
4025	Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory.  Problem noted
4026		by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems.
4027	Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if
4028		any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not
4029		exist.  Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online.
4030	Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by
4031		gethostbyname().  Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford
4032		University.
4033	If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the
4034		5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2.  Similarly, for
4035		non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the
4036		mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3.
4037		Suggested by Antony Bowesman of
4038		Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System.
4039	Portability:
4040		Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for
4041			use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms.
4042			From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development
4043			and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing.
4044		BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions.  From Jeff Polk
4045			of BSDI.
4046		DomainOS detection for Build.  Also, version 10.4 and later
4047			ship a unistd.h.  Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of
4048			PICT Inc.
4049		NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages.  From
4050			J. P. McCann of E I A.
4051		SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support.  From Vlado Potisk
4052			of TEMPEST, Ltd.
4053	CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for
4054		qualification.  Problem noted by Michiel Boland of
4055		Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from
4056		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4057	CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP,
4058		BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders.
4059		Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd.
4060	CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce
4061		messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>.  LMTP
4062		would not accept @@hostname.
4063	OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick
4064		Troxel of the National Institutes of Health.
4065	RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install'
4066		as this rmail isn't the same as others.  Suggested by
4067		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4068	New Files:
4069		BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4
4070
40718.9.0/8.9.0	1998/05/19
4072	SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally
4073		readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:,
4074		class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe
4075		(i.e., group or world writable) directory paths.  Sites
4076		which need the ability to override security can use the
4077		DontBlameSendmail option.  See the README file for more
4078		information.
4079	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4080		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4081		This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these
4082		world writable directories.
4083	SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if
4084		it is in a world writable directory.
4085	SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the
4086		tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input.
4087		Unfortunately this breaks -v mode.  Problem noted by
4088		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4089		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4090	SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to
4091		prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group
4092		privileges.  Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4093	SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and
4094		gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon
4095		that has a non-zero uid.  If none of these exist, sendmail
4096		reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1.
4097		This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that
4098		uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon.  If DefaultUser
4099		is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this
4100		default.
4101	SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-set-user-ID binaries
4102		interfered with setting an alternate group id for the
4103		RunAsUser option.  Problem noted by Randall Winchester of
4104		the University of Maryland.
4105	Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Based on patch from John Kennedy
4106		of Cal State University, Chico.
4107	Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB).  Users
4108		which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the
4109		current version of Berkeley DB.
4110	Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex.
4111		From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover.
4112	Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod
4113		UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University
4114		of Maryland.
4115	Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1
4116		configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which
4117		do not have getusershell().  Fix from John Beck of Sun
4118		Microsystems.
4119	On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the
4120		argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the
4121		last argument was either "-q" or "-d".  Problem noted by
4122		Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart.
4123	Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and
4124		mail.local on the F=z flag.
4125	Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile.  Previously this was
4126		only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate
4127		macro expansion.  Now $x will be expanded.  This means that
4128		real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped.
4129	TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the
4130		reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails.
4131		Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and
4132		Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at
4133		IBM T.J. Watson Research.
4134	DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t
4135		would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON.
4136		Problem noted by Claus Assmann of
4137		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
4138	Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a
4139		valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM.  Fix from Andreas Luik
4140		of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH.
4141	Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules.  This eliminates
4142		the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $)
4143		to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized.
4144	Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of
4145		recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP
4146		transaction.  After this number is reached, sendmail
4147		starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT
4148		commands.  This can be used to limit the number of recipients
4149		per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server
4150		for spamming).  Note: a better approach is to restrict
4151		relaying entirely.
4152	Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option
4153		to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to
4154		avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers.
4155		Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University.
4156	Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters.  For example,
4157		'-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or
4158		bar in their address.  Patch from Allan E Johannesen of
4159		Worcester Polytechnic Institute.
4160	The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if
4161		passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag.  This can be
4162		used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient
4163		of a message.  This can be used to help prevent relaying.
4164		Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4165	Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the
4166		sender for those failures.
4167	Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by
4168		preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec
4169		has been determined.  Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of
4170		Technical University of Braunschweig.  Patch from Per Hedeland
4171		of Ericsson.
4172	Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty
4173		when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make
4174		output easier to decipher.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4175		of Procter & Gamble.
4176	The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message
4177		given included the remainder of the arguments instead of
4178		solely the argument in error.  Problem noted by Aidan Nichol
4179		of Procter & Gamble.
4180	New DontBlameSendmail option.  This option allows administrators to
4181		bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense
4182		of system security.  This should only be used if you are
4183		absolutely sure you know the consequences.  The available
4184		DontBlameSendmail options are:
4185			Safe
4186			AssumeSafeChown
4187			ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath
4188			ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath
4189			GroupWritableDirPathSafe
4190			GroupWritableForwardFileSafe
4191			GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe
4192			GroupWritableAliasFile
4193			HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath
4194			WorldWritableAliasFile
4195			ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4196			IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath
4197			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath
4198			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath
4199			ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4200			IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe
4201			MapInUnsafeDirPath
4202			LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir
4203			LinkedClassFileInWritableDir
4204			LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir
4205			LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir
4206			LinkedMapInWritableDir
4207			LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir
4208			FileDeliveryToHardLink
4209			FileDeliveryToSymLink
4210			WriteMapToHardLink
4211			WriteMapToSymLink
4212			WriteStatsToHardLink
4213			WriteStatsToSymLink
4214			RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath
4215			RunWritableProgram
4216	New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the
4217		interface names in $=w on startup.  In particular, if you
4218		have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up
4219		startup.  However, unless you make other arrangements, mail
4220		sent to those addresses will be bounced.
4221	Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and
4222		AutoRebuildAliases is set.
4223	Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command.
4224		Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur.
4225	Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command.
4226	When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do
4227		a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup
4228		and compare results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup
4229		fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address
4230		surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]).
4231	New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure
4232		(i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in
4233		contrast to the success case).
4234	New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax.  A config line
4235		of the form:
4236			HHeader: $>Ruleset
4237		causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header
4238		when read.  This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets --
4239		that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents.
4240	Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers
4241		from hiding their connection information in Received:
4242		headers.
4243	When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts
4244		are skipped.  This will cause the delivering process to
4245		try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX
4246		hosts are available.  Suggested by Alexander Litvin.
4247	The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the
4248		A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u.  It also
4249		obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME
4250		7/8 bit conversion flags.  This is useful for defining
4251		a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the
4252		recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail).
4253	Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost
4254		if the remote connection closes the socket before the
4255		remote identity can be queried.
4256	Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior.
4257		Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real
4258		uid is left unchanged by sendmail.  Problem noted by Per
4259		Hedeland of Ericsson.
4260	No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it
4261		is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ --
4262		some of the details are determined dynamically via
4263		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh.
4264	The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local,
4265		mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use
4266		the new Build method which creates an operating system
4267		specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools.
4268	Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e.,
4269		a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4270		same host).  This is necessary if the remote host sends
4271		a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve
4272		as is common in anti-spam configurations.  Problem noted
4273		by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC.
4274	New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking
4275		rulesets.  If one of the above rulesets resolves to the
4276		$#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the
4277		message will be completely discarded after it is accepting.
4278		This means that even if only one of the recipients
4279		resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients
4280		will receive the mail.  Suggested by Brian Kantor.
4281	All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued
4282		instead of being delivered.  Problem noted by John Caruso
4283		of CNET: The Computer Network.
4284	Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking.
4285	Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to
4286		an error.  Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
4287	Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a
4288		hostname via NetInfo.  Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG.
4289	Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port}
4290		macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent
4291		rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros.
4292		Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH.
4293	If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the
4294		error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used
4295		in the rejection message given to the remote machine.
4296		Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4297	Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros
4298		before calling the check_relay ruleset.  Suggested by Scott
4299		Gifford of The Internet Ramp.
4300	Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an
4301		exit code of 79.  Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC
4302		Internet.  Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur
4303		Institute.
4304	Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by
4305		mail.local.
4306	Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g.,
4307		R$*	$( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $).  Patch from
4308		Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute.
4309	Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases
4310		which have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta
4311		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4312	Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in
4313		address test mode (-bt).  Problem noted by Bryan Costales
4314		of InfoBeat, Inc.
4315	-qR could sometimes match names incorrectly.  Problem noted by
4316		Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co.
4317	Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the
4318		mailstats command.
4319	Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the
4320		StatusFile for display by the mailstats command.  Patch
4321		from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4322	IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the
4323		user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of
4324		username@site to differentiate the two.  Suggested by
4325		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4326	Enforce timeout for LDAP queries.  Patch from Per Hedeland of
4327		Ericsson.
4328	Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is
4329		replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes.  Also
4330		avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots.  Fix from
4331		Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC.
4332	If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new
4333		queue entry five times before giving up.  Previously, it
4334		was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition
4335		to run out of inodes.  Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of
4336		Stratus Computer, Inc.
4337	In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the
4338		currently supported version.
4339	Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive.  Patch
4340		from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland.
4341	Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option,
4342		the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if
4343		it contains characters which must be quoted.  Problem noted
4344		by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4345	Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before
4346		releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2).
4347		In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable"
4348		message in error bounces.
4349	Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no
4350		accompanying text.  Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of
4351		Digital Equipment Corporation.
4352	Portability:
4353		AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura
4354			of Kyoto University.
4355		AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>.  Patch from
4356			Randall S. Winchester of the University of
4357			Maryland.
4358		AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS.
4359		CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing
4360			in Finland.
4361		Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free
4362			disk space.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4363			the University of Maryland.
4364		HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and
4365			Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation.
4366		IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4367			Meteorological Institute.
4368		IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle
4369			of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory.
4370		IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI.
4371		IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI.
4372		QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>.
4373		SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links
4374			to sendmail.  Install with group bin instead of kmem
4375			as kmem does not exist.  From Guillermo Freige of
4376			Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul
4377			Fischer of BTG, Inc.
4378		SunOS 4.X does not include memmove().  Patch from
4379			Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
4380		SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining
4381			load average.  Patch from John Beck of Sun
4382			Microsystems.
4383	CONFIG: Increment version number of config file.
4384	CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database
4385		map for the various maps.  The default is hash.  Patch from
4386		Robert Harker of Harker Systems.
4387	CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable
4388		directory for certain programs.
4389	CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for
4390		local mail delivery.  By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local
4391		is used.  This is expected to be the mail.local shipped
4392		with 8.9 which is LMTP capable.  The path is based on the
4393		new confEBINDIR m4 variable.
4394	CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for
4395		FEATURE(smrsh).  Note that this changes the default from
4396		/usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh.  To obtain the
4397		old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh).
4398	CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to
4399		include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow
4400		the user to setup different .forward files for
4401		user+detail addressing.
4402	CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES,
4403		and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage,
4404		DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options.
4405	CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail
4406		from outside your domain and sending it to another host
4407		outside your domain).
4408	CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from
4409		any site to any site.
4410	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your
4411		domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay.
4412	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on
4413		the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient.
4414	CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database
4415		feature.  This database gives you the ability to allow
4416		or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for
4417		administrative reasons.  By default, names that are listed
4418		as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names.
4419	CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file
4420		used for class 'R'.  Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains.
4421	CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file)
4422		to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay.
4423	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior
4424		of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual
4425		host names only.
4426	CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check).  Normally, if a recipient
4427		using % addressing is used, e.g.  user%site@othersite,
4428		and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset
4429		will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying.
4430		This feature changes that behavior.  It should not be
4431		needed for most installations.
4432	CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the
4433		domain portion of the mail sender is a local host.  This
4434		should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens
4435		a window for spammers.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of
4436		the University of Maryland.
4437	CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to
4438		block incoming mail destined for certain recipient
4439		usernames, hostnames, or addresses.
4440	CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be
4441		refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot
4442		be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS).
4443	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts
4444		unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands.
4445	CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts
4446		MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain.
4447	CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the
4448		Realtime Blackhole List.  You can specify the RBL name
4449		server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument.
4450		The default is rbl.maps.vix.com.  For details, see
4451		http://maps.vix.com/rbl/.
4452	CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and
4453		Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and
4454		check_rcpt.  Users with local rulesets should place the
4455		rules using LOCAL_RULESETS.  If a Local_check_* ruleset
4456		returns $#OK, the message is accepted.  If the ruleset
4457		returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else
4458		the return of the ruleset is ignored.
4459	CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by
4460		default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries.
4461	CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can
4462		pick the proper default value.  See the SECURITY note
4463		above for more information.
4464	CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a
4465		no-op.  Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4466		Meteorological Institute.
4467	CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to
4468		daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope
4469		sender if run as mailnull.  See the Digital UNIX section
4470		of src/README for more information.  Problem noted by
4471		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4472	CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the
4473		.mc files instead of in the obj directory.
4474	CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER,
4475		confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for
4476		setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and
4477		MustQuoteChars respectively.
4478	MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout.  This
4479		SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery
4480		status on a per-user basis.  Code donated by John Myers of
4481		CMU (now of Netscape).
4482	MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the
4483		University of Maryland.  NOTE: mail.local is not
4484		compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format.  Be sure to
4485		read mail.local/README.
4486	MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a
4487		mailbox lock.  Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the
4488		University of Maryland.
4489	MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State
4490		University, Chico.
4491	MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4492		Meteorological Institute.
4493	MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages
4494		in the StatusFile.  Patch from Randall Winchester of the
4495		University of Maryland.
4496	MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files
4497		such as linked files in world writable directories.
4498	MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.  Remove OLD_NEWDB support.
4499	PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X.
4500	PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support.  Problem
4501		noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of
4502		Braunschweig.
4503	RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms.  Patches from
4504		Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and
4505		Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4506	Changed Files:
4507		src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use
4508			the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*.
4509		src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build.
4510	New Files:
4511		BuildTools/M4/header.m4
4512		BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4
4513		BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4
4514		BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4
4515		BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4
4516		BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4
4517		BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4
4518		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2
4519		BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x
4520		BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x
4521		BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x
4522		BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5
4523		BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x
4524		BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x
4525		BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3
4526		BuildTools/OS/QNX
4527		BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7
4528		BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE
4529		BuildTools/README
4530		BuildTools/Site/README
4531		BuildTools/bin/Build
4532		BuildTools/bin/configure.sh
4533		BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh
4534		BuildTools/bin/install.sh
4535		Makefile
4536		cf/cf/Build
4537		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf
4538		cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4
4539		cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4
4540		cf/feature/access_db.m4
4541		cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4
4542		cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4
4543		cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4
4544		cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4
4545		cf/feature/rbl.m4
4546		cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4
4547		cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4
4548		cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4
4549		cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4
4550		cf/ostype/qnx.m4
4551		contrib/doublebounce.pl
4552		mail.local/Build
4553		mail.local/Makefile.m4
4554		mail.local/README
4555		mailstats/Build
4556		mailstats/Makefile.m4
4557		makemap/Build
4558		makemap/Makefile.m4
4559		praliases/Build
4560		praliases/Makefile.m4
4561		rmail/Build
4562		rmail/Makefile.m4
4563		rmail/rmail.0
4564		smrsh/Build
4565		smrsh/Makefile.m4
4566		src/Build
4567		src/Makefile.m4
4568		src/snprintf.c
4569	Deleted Files:
4570		cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist)
4571		mail.local/Makefile
4572		mail.local/Makefile.dist
4573		mailstats/Makefile
4574		mailstats/Makefile.dist
4575		makemap/Makefile
4576		makemap/Makefile.dist
4577		praliases/Makefile
4578		praliases/Makefile.dist
4579		rmail/Makefile
4580		smrsh/Makefile
4581		smrsh/Makefile.dist
4582		src/Makefile
4583		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2)
4584		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE
4585			(renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE)
4586		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform)
4587	Renamed Files:
4588		READ_ME => README
4589		cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile
4590		cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/*
4591		src/READ_ME => src/README
4592
45938.8.8/8.8.8	1997/10/24
4594	If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged
4595		incorrectly.  Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish
4596		Meteorological Institute.
4597	If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not
4598		add additional bounces to it.  Problem noted by Thomas J.
4599		Arseneault of SRI International.
4600	If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing
4601		connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode.
4602		Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4603	Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them
4604		to internal form.  Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio.
4605	EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as
4606		User unknown with bogus delay= values.  Change them to log
4607		the same as compliant addresses.  Problem noted by Kari E.
4608		Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4609	Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace
4610		option for resolver.  Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind
4611		River Systems.
4612	If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a
4613		protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be
4614		closed but the persistent host status file would not be
4615		unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to
4616		that host.  Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
4617	If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment
4618		the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery
4619		attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next
4620		queue run regardless of MinQueueAge.  Problem noted by
4621		Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
4622	Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and
4623		"Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged
4624		with the incorrect timestamp.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta
4625		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4626	Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4627	Log null connections on dropped connections.  Problem noted by
4628		Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4629	If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and
4630		reopen the map.  Previously, they could give stale
4631		results during a single message processing (but would
4632		recover when the next message was received).  Fix from
4633		Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises.
4634	Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY
4635		requests.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4636		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4637	Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad
4638		recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the
4639		message is accepted.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4640		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4641	Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to
4642		sendmail via a UNIX pipe.  This will allow rulesets using
4643		$&{client_name} to process without sending the string through
4644		dequote.  Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa.
4645	A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation,
4646		and the inability to save a bounce message to
4647		/var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce
4648		to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the
4649		queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the
4650		queue was run.  Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons
4651		Associates.
4652	Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS.  There are
4653		no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as
4654		sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this
4655		could cause confusing error messages.
4656	Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be
4657		rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad.  This
4658		behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not
4659		the entire message.  Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of
4660		SuperNet, Inc.
4661	Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file.  Suggested by
4662		Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc.
4663	Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP
4664		mailers.  Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the
4665		Finnish Meteorological Institute.
4666	An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses
4667		for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently
4668		dropped.
4669	Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via
4670		a HUP signal.  This will give room for the process title.
4671		Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4672	Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not
4673		support flock locking and runs out of processes during
4674		delivery.  Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan.
4675	Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821.
4676		Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
4677		Institute.
4678	Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the
4679		rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps
4680		are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases.
4681		Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University.
4682	Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for
4683		bounce messages.  Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of
4684		RUS University of Stuttgart.
4685	Minor lint fixes.
4686	Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map
4687		search returns an error.  This will allow sequenced maps which
4688		use other LDAP servers to be checked.  Fix from Booker Bense
4689		of Stanford University.
4690	When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do
4691		not pad bare linefeeds with a space.  Problem noted by Theo
4692		Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany.
4693	Portability:
4694		Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling
4695			conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of
4696			setproctitle().  Problem noted by Ted Roberts of
4697			Electronic Data Systems.
4698		AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation.  Reported by Jim
4699			Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services.
4700		BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined.
4701		Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves
4702			loader environment variables into the loader memory
4703			area.  If one of these environment variables (such as
4704			LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable,
4705			an invalid memory address would be used by the process
4706			title routine causing memory corruption.  Problem
4707			noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems.
4708		GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused
4709			chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does
4710			not permit file giveaways.  Problem noted by
4711			Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo.
4712		IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes.  Reported by
4713			Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4714		Linux: Pad process title with NULLs.  Problem noted by
4715			Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike.
4716		SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an
4717			incorrect value for the number of interfaces.
4718			Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet
4719			Services.
4720		SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald
4721			Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS.
4722		Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not
4723			used on a Solaris machine.  Problem noted by
4724			Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited.
4725		CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business
4726			Services VAS.
4727	MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM.
4728	CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff.
4729	OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag.  Problem noted by Per Hedeland of
4730			Ericsson.
4731
47328.8.7/8.8.7	1997/08/03
4733	If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with
4734		an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems
4735		except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at
4736		rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already
4737		exist would fail.  Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software
4738		GmbH.
4739	Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation.
4740		Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute
4741		of Technology, Stockholm.
4742	Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(),
4743		some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these
4744		routines during compilation.  If using TCP Wrappers, assume
4745		that these routines are included as though they were in the
4746		C library.  Patch from Robert La Ferla.
4747	When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being
4748		used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the
4749		duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang.
4750		Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET.
4751	In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the
4752		mail was passed on without any recipient header.  This could
4753		cause problems downstream.  Problem noted by Xander Jansen
4754		of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum.
4755	Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail.  GDBM's locking and
4756		linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's
4757		locking and security checks.  Problems noted by Fyodor
4758		Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet.
4759	Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set.
4760	Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a
4761		gethostbyaddr found no value.  Also, ignore any returns
4762		from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad.
4763	If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as
4764		"may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much
4765		have to assume that the information is good.
4766	In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files
4767		open or locked.
4768	Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup.
4769	Better handling of non-set-user-ID binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious
4770		errors during testing.
4771	Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name
4772		printed in the error message.
4773	If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or
4774		missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO.
4775	Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the
4776		DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or
4777		had a .forward file.  From Nik Conwell of Boston University.
4778	On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits
4779		file giveaway was undefined.  From Tetsu Ushijima of the
4780		Tokyo Institute of Technology.
4781	Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be
4782		lost (so only the header was delivered).  This only occurs
4783		on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue
4784		runner runs during a critical section in another message
4785		delivery.  Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of
4786		Results Computing.
4787	If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem
4788		(wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was
4789		exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried
4790		once, it would be tried on every queue run.  Problem noted
4791		by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
4792	If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure,
4793		include it when reporting that a file has changed after open.
4794		This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option).
4795		This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is
4796		theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after
4797		it is opened and replace it with another file that has the
4798		same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return
4799		garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file
4800		has changed.  As a practical matter this is not a security
4801		problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links,
4802		and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to
4803		have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number
4804		simultaneously.
4805	Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for
4806		use internally, and does not work at customer sites.
4807	Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single
4808		transaction to clear the entire transaction.  Problem
4809		noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico.
4810	Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without
4811		a trailing slash.  (And a pox on vendors that decide to
4812		ignore the established conventions!)  Problem noted by
4813		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4814	Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family
4815		(intended for IPv6).  Patches are from John Kennedy of
4816		CSU Chico.
4817	In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave
4818		an extra space at the beginning of some lines.  Problem
4819		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based
4820		on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel.
4821	Portability:
4822		Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency
4823			with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition.  Note that
4824			the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should
4825			be used instead.
4826		AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>.  Patch from Gene Rackow
4827			of Argonne National Laboratory.
4828		OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4829		RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin.
4830		SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c.  From
4831			James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd.
4832		Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail
4833			in Makefiles.
4834		Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from
4835			Makefiles.  Use NEWDB on Linux instead.
4836		NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl
4837			exists but behaves differently than other OSes.
4838			Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get
4839			around the problem.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of
4840			NCR Corp.
4841		HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API.  Problem
4842			noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
4843		UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro.  Problem
4844			noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information
4845			Resource Network
4846		SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of
4847			the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername,
4848			getsockname, and getsockopt.  Adds new compile flags
4849			SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.  Problem reported
4850			by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community
4851			Mental Health Center Residential Services.
4852		AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T.
4853			Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric
4854			Corp.
4855		Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that
4856			#define both setjmp and longjmp.  Problem pointed out
4857			by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet.
4858		CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1)
4859			from Christopher Durham of SCO.
4860		CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to
4861			/etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual
4862			configuration.  Patch from Dennis Glatting of
4863			PlainTalk.
4864	CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long
4865		time.  Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions.  Suggested
4866		by Harry Styron.
4867	CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc.  These
4868		are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org.
4869	MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files.
4870	MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example,
4871		telling more details on what actually changed when "file
4872		changed after open".
4873	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files.  Support multiple Fw
4874		files.
4875	CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'.
4876	NEW FILES:
4877		src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD
4878		src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0
4879		test/t_exclopen.c
4880		cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4
4881	DELETED FILES:
4882		Makefile
4883
48848.8.6/8.8.6	1997/06/14
4885	    *************************************************************
4886	    * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI	*
4887	    * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated.	*
4888	    * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward	*
4889	    * continued sendmail development.				*
4890	    *************************************************************
4891	SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open
4892		mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that
4893		points nowhere.  This makes it possible to create a root
4894		owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink
4895		into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check
4896		determined that the file did not exist.  The only verified
4897		example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL
4898		and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07.  Most
4899		systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create
4900		of a file disallows symbolic links.  Systems that have been
4901		verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD,
4902		DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris,
4903		and Ultrix.  This is a potential exposure on systems that
4904		have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias
4905		pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old
4906		mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter.
4907	SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically,
4908		if maps or alias files are in world writable directories.
4909		If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it
4910		is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db
4911		(or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at
4912		another database; this can be used either to expose
4913		information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db
4914		and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack
4915		(by trashing the password database).  The fix disallows
4916		symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on
4917		maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on
4918		writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable
4919		directories to be fatal errors.  This does not represent an
4920		exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable
4921		system directories.
4922	SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard
4923		or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the
4924		path) is writable by anyone other than the owner.  This is
4925		similar to the previous case for user files.  This change
4926		should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent
4927		an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such
4928		files at other files that are readable only by the owner.
4929	SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they
4930		have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that
4931		are mounted from another system that allows owners to give
4932		away files.  The new rules are very strict, trusting file
4933		ownership only in those few cases where the system has
4934		been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary.
4935		However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially
4936		trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or
4937		group writable.  This might allow someone who has a legitimate
4938		:include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to
4939		become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a
4940		non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where
4941		the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is
4942		actually permitted.  I believe this to be a very small set
4943		of cases.  If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at
4944		NFS-mounted filesystems.
4945	SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option
4946		(e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set.
4947		Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha
4948		group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine.
4949		The user id was still set properly.  Problem noted by Uli
4950		Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin.
4951	Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the
4952		PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set.  Problem reported
4953		by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT.
4954	Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a
4955		failure on one message won't affect future messages to the
4956		same host).
4957	IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would
4958		affect any options that came after the route option.  Patch
4959		from Theo de Raadt.
4960	The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error
4961		back to the sender.  Problem reported by Stephen More of
4962		PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4963	Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead
4964		of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways.
4965		Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications.
4966	Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors
4967		occur at the beginning of the stream.  Patch contributed by
4968		Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4969	Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within
4970		a signal handler.  Problem noted by John Beck of Sun
4971		Microsystems.
4972	Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset
4973		will have the latest version of the map data.  Problem noted
4974		by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
4975	If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message
4976		too large) don't send the bogus message.
4977	Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that
4978		have errors and have owner- aliases.  Problem noted by Michael
4979		Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
4980	Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in
4981		multipart/mixed Content-Type: header.  Problem noted by
4982		Richard Muirden of RMIT University.
4983	Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the
4984		ErrorMode is not set to "print".  Fix from Gregory Neil
4985		Shapiro.
4986	Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map
4987		that could not be opened.  Based on a fix from John Beck of
4988		Sun Microsystems.
4989	If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to
4990		a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records
4991		pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message
4992		with a "host unknown" error.  Note that this should really
4993		be fixed in the zone file for the domain.  Problem noted by
4994		Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc.
4995	If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark
4996		the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue
4997		run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will
4998		retry immediately.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales of
4999		Mercury Mail.
5000	If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs
5001		will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached.
5002		"Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of
5003		Morgan Stanley.
5004	If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which
5005		sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue
5006		run, abort the queue run immediately.  Problem noted by
5007		Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail.
5008	The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size,
5009		number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was
5010		non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or
5011		none of the queue was processed.  The updated algorithm
5012		does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will
5013		not be run.
5014	If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to
5015		die immediately, never hold the error message for future
5016		printing.
5017	Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed
5018		regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the
5019		configuration file.  Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5020	New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3)
5021		routine available in one of the libraries.  Use it in conf.h.
5022	The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps.
5023	If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect
5024		this and reopen the map.  Previously, they could give
5025		erroneous results during a single message processing
5026		(but would recover when the next message was received).
5027	Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the
5028		files are at least ten minutes old.  This avoids a potential
5029		race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back
5030		a file descriptor.  The queue runner locks it and deletes it
5031		because it is zero length.  The creator then writes the
5032		descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the
5033		job goes away.  Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales.
5034	When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward
5035		(A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare
5036		results.  If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the
5037		address as "may be forged".
5038	Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any
5039		substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting;
5040		"substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN.
5041	Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count.
5042		This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open
5043		or write is ever actually attempted.  Patch from Villy Kruse
5044		of TwinCom.
5045	If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage
5046		allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter
5047		was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there
5048		is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce.
5049	Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape
5050		in the body.  Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton
5051		Plasma Physics Laboratory.
5052	Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses.
5053		Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
5054		Institute.
5055	The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as
5056		documented.  Note that this increases the potential denial
5057		of service problems with this option: an attacker can
5058		connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well
5059		as incoming connections.  If you use this option, you should
5060		run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately
5061		to avoid this attack.  Failure to limit noted by Matthew
5062		Dillon of BEST Internet Communications.
5063	Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be
5064		opened instead of failing silently.  Suggested by Gregory
5065		Neil Shapiro.  This change makes the code match the O'Reilly
5066		book (2nd edition).
5067	Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1
5068		if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce
5069		instead of queueing.  Treat this like TRY_AGAIN.  Fix from
5070		John Beck of SunSoft.
5071	If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry
5072		in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer.
5073		Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems.
5074	Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out
5075		of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened.
5076	Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in
5077		immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die.
5078	Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping.  Patch
5079		from Villy Kruse of TwinCom.
5080	Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes.  Previously these were
5081		partially processed, which could cause confusing error
5082		returns.
5083	Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups
5084		on some architectures.
5085	Portability:
5086		A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC.
5087		glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum,
5088			thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM.  Only option seems
5089			to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is
5090			defined.  Problem reported by A Sun of the University
5091			of Washington.
5092		Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on
5093			the system rather than guessing at compile time.
5094			Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5095		Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University.
5096		GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project.
5097		RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation.
5098		ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked.
5099			Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition,
5100			but there appears to be no fix for this.  Patch from
5101			Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5102		BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy.
5103		Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the
5104			high order bit set to apparently randomly match
5105			letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I".
5106			Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of
5107			Cambridge.
5108		IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x.  From
5109			Kari Hurtta.
5110		IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be
5111			IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular
5112			IRIX Makefile).
5113		IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels.
5114			Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5115	CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses
5116		even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set.  Problem pointed out by
5117		Brian Candler.
5118	CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all
5119		local names as local.  Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI;
5120		fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5121	CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other
5122		"mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value
5123		for the $h macro.  Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5124	CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a
5125		MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY.  Patch from Philip
5126		Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College.
5127	CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable);
5128		rules are the same as for aliasing.  Based on a patch from
5129		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5130	CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should
5131		have no functional change in this release, but makes it
5132		possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future.
5133	CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the
5134		HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name.
5135		In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack.
5136		Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from
5137		Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5138	CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for
5139		MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:,
5140		don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit).  Suggestions
5141		from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler.
5142	CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were
5143		being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain)
5144		was specified, even when it wasn't.
5145	MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf.  From John Beck of SunSoft.
5146	MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't
5147		"slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the
5148		exclusive open.  This is only a problem on System V derived
5149		systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are
5150		symbolic links pointing nowhere.
5151	MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was
5152		not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause
5153		later mailboxes to fail.  Also, any partial message would
5154		not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries.
5155		Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD
5156		developers).
5157	MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0.  A similar
5158		change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3.  Problem
5159		noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
5160	MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are
5161		symbolic links; although makemap is not set-user-ID root, it is
5162		often run as root and hence has the potential for the same
5163		sorts of problems as alias rebuilds.
5164	MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on
5165		NEXTSTEP.
5166	CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf.
5167		Accept an optional list of arguments following the server
5168		name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w).  Other
5169		miscellaneous bug fixes.  From Christian von Roques via
5170		John Beck of Sun Microsystems.
5171	CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta.  This
5172		Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd
5173		file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name
5174		lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root)
5175		for system accounts.
5176	NEW FILES:
5177		src/safefile.c
5178		cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4
5179		cf/ostype/irix6.m4
5180		contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl
5181		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1
5182		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x
5183	RENAMED FILES:
5184		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 =>	Makefile.IRIX.6.x
5185		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 =>	Makefile.IRIX64.6.0
5186
51878.8.5/8.8.5	1997/01/21
5188	SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup.  Without this, sendmail
5189		will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller,
5190		even if RunAsUser is specified.
5191	SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only.  This is not in response
5192		to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative.
5193		Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
5194	SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible
5195		security implications.  Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the
5196		University of Pennsylvania.
5197	Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'")
5198		would truncate the address after "Full".  Although the -f
5199		syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it
5200		shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode
5201		was unnecessarily awful.
5202	Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data
5203		to a 7-bit format.  Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of
5204		Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom.
5205	Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue
5206		runs.  Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for
5207		final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes
5208		it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7
5209		bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr.
5210		Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5211	_Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database
5212		module.  Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5213	Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only
5214		files if the configuration file is safe.  Based on a
5215		patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5216	ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue
5217		run completed.  Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK
5218		Semiconductor Corp.
5219	It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library
5220		does _not_ log rejected connections.  Do the logging ourselves.
5221		Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas
5222		at Austin.
5223	If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown
5224		version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the
5225		error is reported on every queue run.  Change it to only
5226		give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf).  Patch from
5227		William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
5228	Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it
5229		ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused
5230		some problems if a background process tried to send mail
5231		under certain circumstances.  Problem noted by Eric Hagberg
5232		of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta.
5233	Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current
5234		load average is >= the queueing load average.  Previously
5235		the check factored in some other parameters that caused it
5236		to essentially never skip the queue run.  Patch from Bryan
5237		Costales.
5238	If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is
5239		rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND
5240		(25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting
5241		you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack.  Based
5242		on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL.
5243	Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued;
5244		this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks.
5245		The current values and defaults are:
5246		    MAXNOOPCOMMANDS	20	NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR
5247		    MAXHELOCOMMANDS	3	HELO, EHLO
5248		    MAXVRFYCOMMANDS	6	VRFY, EXPN
5249		    MAXETRNCOMMANDS	8	ETRN
5250		These will probably be configurable in a future release.
5251	On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs
5252		that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with
5253		the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged.
5254	In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored.  Problem noted
5255		by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5256	Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on
5257		the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last
5258		line dropped.  Since this appears to be illegal it isn't
5259		clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems
5260		to be a better "fail soft" approach.  Based on a patch from
5261		Eric Hagberg.
5262	If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a
5263		bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO
5264		first" error message.  Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas
5265		of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft.
5266	Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set
5267		in PrivacyOptions.  The -q shouldn't turn this command off.
5268		Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet;
5269		based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5270	Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation)
5271		in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because
5272		a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go
5273		through.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet
5274		Communications.
5275	In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they
5276		had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender.
5277		Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from
5278		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5279	Give better diagnostics on long alias lines.  Based on code contributed
5280		by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge.
5281	Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for
5282		alternate names.  Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net.
5283	PORTABILITY:
5284		UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from
5285			Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited.
5286		SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval.
5287			Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation.
5288		SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
5289		Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used.
5290			Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC
5291			(Moscow).
5292		OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org.
5293		Altos System V: from Tim Rice.
5294		Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft.
5295		Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft.
5296		Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli
5297			of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>.
5298	CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax
5299		_just_right_ yet.  Tweak it again.  I'll omit the names
5300		of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case.
5301		As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the
5302		Received: line.
5303	CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E),
5304		it never inserts that class into the output file.  Fix it
5305		so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root
5306		automatically in this class.  Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL
5307		of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale
5308		Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP).
5309	CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications
5310		such as LUSER_RELAY.  This change permits the following
5311		syntaxes:  ``local:'' will send to the same user on the
5312		local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host",
5313		``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to
5314		go to user on the local machone).  ``local:user'' will send
5315		to the named user on the local machine.  ``local:user@host''
5316		is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored).  In
5317		all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the
5318		detail information).  Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr.
5319	CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host
5320		indication.  This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY
5321		to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''.  Note the use
5322		of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted.
5323		Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5324	OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a
5325		NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET).
5326		Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam.
5327	OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on
5328		a duplex printer.  From Matthew Black of Cal State University,
5329		Long Beach.
5330
53318.8.4/8.8.4	1996/12/02
5332	SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional
5333		permissions by hard linking to files that were group
5334		writable by the attacker.  The solution is to disallow any
5335		files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward,
5336		:include:, and output files.  Problem noted by Terry
5337		Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services.  As a
5338		workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea.
5339	SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it
5340		is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on
5341		MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list.  There
5342		is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default).
5343		Problem noted by Dan Bernstein.  Also, make the DontInitGroups
5344		unsafe.  I know of no specific attack against this, although
5345		a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory
5346		you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects
5347		the permissions that are used when mail is delivered.
5348	Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status
5349		directories somehow became empty.  Problem noted by Roy
5350		Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5351	Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition.
5352		This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged.
5353		Problem noted by several people.
5354	On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX
5355		and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451
5356		SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem noted
5357		by several people.
5358	Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting
5359		gcc to high warning levels).  From Tom Moore of NCR Corp.
5360	SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should
5361		not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the
5362		message rather than the host.  Problem noted by Matt Dillon
5363		of Best Internet Communications.
5364	The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers.  Problem noted by Tom Moore
5365		of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions).
5366	Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion
5367		(including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has
5368		had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent
5369		to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain.
5370		Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor.
5371	If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be
5372		rescheduled (so queue runs would stop).  Patch from Don Lewis.
5373	Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP
5374		status code.  Problem noted by Don Lewis.
5375	Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly.
5376		Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5377	Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not
5378		already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the
5379		K line, and the documentation.  Inconsistency pointed out
5380		by Roy Mongiovi.
5381	Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode.  Patch from
5382		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5383	Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously
5384		it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which
5385		caused stale information to be maintained.  Based on a patch
5386		from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc.  Also, have
5387		ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option.
5388	Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty
5389		host status file condition.  Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori
5390		of Kyoto University.
5391	Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race
5392		conditions from Don Lewis.
5393	Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some
5394		compile errors).  This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into
5395		0/1 compilation flags.  Note that DAEMON is an obsolete
5396		compile flag; use NETINET instead.  Solution based on a
5397		patch from Bryan Costales.
5398	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5399		AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the
5400			/etc/security/passwd file when called as root.  This
5401			is very slow on some systems.  To speed it up, use the
5402			(undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines.
5403			Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group.
5404		SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile.  Patch from Bill
5405			Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service.
5406		NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile.  Patch
5407			from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University.
5408		SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems.  Patches from Andrew Cole of
5409			Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University
5410			of Tokyo.
5411		DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support
5412			Services, Inc.
5413		Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp.
5414			I believe this to have only been a problem if you
5415			compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason
5416			to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path.
5417		Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from
5418			Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien.
5419	CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather
5420		than one long one.  By popular demand.
5421	MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems.  Patch
5422		from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley.
5423	MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs
5424		to take a very long time.  Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA
5425		of NTT Software Corporation.
5426	CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck.
5427	NEW FILES:
5428		contrib/etrn.pl
5429
54308.8.3/8.8.3	1996/11/17
5431	SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail
5432		about argv[0] and then sending it a signal.  Problem noted
5433		by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the
5434		best-of-security list.
5435	Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level
5436		(%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this
5437		should make it clearer to people that they are running
5438		the wrong binary.
5439	Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then
5440		do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at
5441		the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report
5442		"451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes".  Problem
5443		noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech.
5444	When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts
5445		lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry
5446		with space at the end of the line.  Problem noted by Steve
5447		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5448	7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text.
5449		Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp.
5450	Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet
5451		size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver
5452		answers containing very many resource records.  The resolver
5453		may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet
5454		overflow.  Also, allow for the fact that the resolver
5455		routines res_query and res_search return the size of the
5456		*un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it
5457		not big enough to accommodate the entire answer.  Patch from
5458		Eric Wassenaar.
5459	Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code.  If you think you have too
5460		many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they
5461		are still around.  Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc.
5462		Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children
5463		pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely
5464		due to a race condition.  Problem reported by Kyle Jones of
5465		UUNET.
5466	On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines
5467		O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into
5468		thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open.
5469		Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero.  Problem noted by
5470		Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege.
5471	Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to
5472		allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without
5473		it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored.  Patch from
5474		Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch.
5475	Improvements to host status printing code.  Suggested by Steve Hubert
5476		of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5477	Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age
5478		when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this
5479		avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups.
5480		Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc.
5481	When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being
5482		properly escaped.  Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the
5483		University of Linkoping.
5484	In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue
5485		runs even if RunAsUser was set.  Problem noted by Mark
5486		Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
5487	If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is
5488		actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in
5489		the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then
5490		the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the
5491		other end.
5492	The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the
5493		user id was numeric.  Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of
5494		MCI Telecommunications Communications.
5495	If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of
5496		the message was included in the bounce.  Note that this did
5497		not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size.  Problem
5498		reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5499	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5500		AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the
5501			AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which
5502			works on 4.1 as well as 4.2.  Problem noted by
5503			H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden.
5504		AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name.
5505			Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University.
5506		MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support.
5507			Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>.
5508		Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average.
5509			This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE.
5510			The outline of the implementation was contributed
5511			by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow.
5512		HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward
5513			declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h;
5514			change it to only be included if you are using gcc,
5515			which is apparently the only compiler that requires
5516			it in the first place.  Problem noted by Jeff
5517			Earickson of Colby College.
5518		IRIX: don't default to using gcc.  IRIX is a civilized
5519			operating system that comes with a decent compiler
5520			by default.  Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and
5521			Kari Hurtta.
5522	CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for
5523		consistency with other local mailers.  Inconsistency
5524		pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>.
5525	CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS
5526		overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the
5527		domain part was dropped from the name.  Patch from Steve
5528		Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle.
5529	CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could
5530		end up being translated to the null host name, which would
5531		return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end
5532		of the line.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the
5533		University of Washington, Seattle.
5534	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4).  From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer
5535		Polytechnic Institute.
5536	MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance.
5537		Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications.
5538	NEW FILES:
5539		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc
5540		cf/ostype/aix4.m4
5541		cf/ostype/mklinux.m4
5542
55438.8.2/8.8.2	1996/10/18
5544	SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch
5545		changed the code but didn't fix the problem.
5546	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5547		Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can
5548			apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances.
5549			Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc.
5550	OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted
5551		from this document.  These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9.
5552	CONFIG: no changes.
5553
55548.8.1/8.8.1	1996/10/17
5555	SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will
5556		examine during queue runs and daemon mode.  Problem noted
5557		by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago.
5558	SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain
5559		message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back
5560		to 8 bits.  This caused core dumps and has the potential
5561		for a remote attack.  Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro
5562		of WPI.
5563	Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't
5564		have flock(2) support.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura of
5565		Kyoto University.
5566	Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options.  If this option is null (as
5567		opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs
5568		on illegal host names.
5569	If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in
5570		the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the
5571		final line.  Problem noted by Pierre David.
5572	If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot
5573		setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems.
5574		Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc.
5575	Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would
5576		be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent
5577		to (say) mail-back.  Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5578	If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long
5579		term host status.  This is necessary because it is common
5580		to do this when you know a host has just come back up.
5581	Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section
5582		4.2.  Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the
5583		University of Leicester.
5584	If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the
5585		service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail
5586		would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found
5587		in the map.  This caused the message to be queued instead of
5588		bouncing immediately.  Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the
5589		University of Washington.
5590	PORTABILITY FIXES:
5591		Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c.  Several
5592			people pointed this out.
5593		NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT.
5594		AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South
5595			Dakota School of Mines & Technology.
5596	CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable.
5597		Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr.
5598	CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set
5599		using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they
5600		were also in $=w.  Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of
5601		Softec.
5602	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX.  Based
5603		on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley.
5604	MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP.  From Patrick Nolan
5605		of Stanford via Robert La Ferla.
5606
56078.8.0/8.8.0	1996/09/26
5608	Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly
5609		deleted.  Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision.
5610	Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full
5611		pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working.  I was
5612		urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia).
5613	Fix small buffer overflow.  Since the data in this buffer was not
5614		read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact
5615		probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers).  Pointed
5616		out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University.
5617	Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored
5618		if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file
5619		-- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original
5620		host was accessible.  Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of
5621		NSC (Japan).
5622	A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not
5623		have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue,
5624		causing SMTP to hang.  Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
5625	The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was
5626		incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the
5627		semantics of binding on a passive socket.  Patch from
5628		NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute.
5629	Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better
5630		handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which
5631		has 13 at the moment (and climbing).  In order to avoid
5632		trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been
5633		slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means
5634		that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size
5635		of those records could not exceed 128 bytes.  Requested by
5636		Brad Knowles of America On Line.
5637	Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER".
5638		Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley.
5639	Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging
5640		printout.
5641	Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output.
5642	Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between
5643		square braces.
5644	Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver();
5645		this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems
5646		to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!).
5647	DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs;
5648		this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost.  Problem
5649		pointed out by Claus Assmann of the
5650		Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel.
5651	The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in
5652		some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure)
5653		would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were
5654		concerned.  Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
5655	Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in
5656		the initial run.  Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of
5657		Dandelion Digital.
5658	Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting
5659		results that may come from NIS and DNS.
5660	4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't
5661		include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few
5662		things like /var/tmp.  Reported by Matthew Green.
5663	Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all
5664		values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent,
5665		which was interpreted as normal.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5666	The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps
5667		since 8.7.2.  Fix from Bryan Costales.
5668	Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as
5669		Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded
5670		as base64).  The class can have primary types (e.g., "text")
5671		or full types (e.g., "text/plain").  Based on a suggestion by
5672		Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland.
5673	Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN
5674		dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers.
5675	Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the
5676		BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in
5677		mailers.
5678	Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q
5679		flag is set in the mailer descriptor.  Suggested by John
5680		Myers of CMU.
5681	Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host.
5682		The command takes a host name; data for that host is
5683		immediately (and asynchronously) flushed.  Because this shares
5684		the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but
5685		there should be no security implications.  Implementation
5686		from John Beck of InReference, Inc.  See RFC 1985 for details.
5687	Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid
5688		(equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret
5689		(equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify
5690		(equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command).  Note
5691		that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way
5692		to specify per-address notifications on the command line,
5693		nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address
5694		parameter.
5695	Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased);
5696		apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7
5697		and made it unsafe.  Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the
5698		University of Maryland.
5699	New logging on log level 15:  all SMTP traffic.  Patches from
5700		Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center.
5701	NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found
5702		a match.  This was causing the wrong values to be found (and
5703		had a memory leak).  Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin.
5704	Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups.  It was pointed
5705		out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't
5706		use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since
5707		that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient
5708		address used for delivery.  The simple fix (stripping off the
5709		brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal
5710		addresses.  This flag will solve that problem.
5711	Add MustQuoteChars option.  This is a list of characters that must
5712		be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address
5713		(that is, the full name part).  The characters @,;:\()[] are
5714		always in this list and cannot be removed.  The default is
5715		this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822.
5716	Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands
5717		that do not include a host name for back compatibility with
5718		some stupid SMTP clients.  Setting this violates RFC 1123
5719		section 5.2.5.
5720	Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start
5721		rejecting connections if it has more than this many
5722		outstanding children accepting mail.  Note that you may
5723		see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this
5724		is for incoming connections only.
5725	Add ConnectionRateThrottle option.  If set to a positive value, the
5726		number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted
5727		in a single second is limited to this number.  Connections are
5728		not refused during this time, just deferred.  The intent is to
5729		flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in.
5730		It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop
5731		accepting connections even if all the connections are idle
5732		(e.g., due to connection caching).
5733	Add Timeout.hoststatus option.  This interval (defaulting to 30m)
5734		specifies how long cached information about the state of a
5735		host will be kept before they are considered stale and the
5736		host is retried.  If you are using persistent host status
5737		(i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply
5738		between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue
5739		run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues
5740		that take a very long time to run.
5741	Add SingleLineFromHeader option.  If set, From: headers are coerced
5742		into being a single line even if they had newlines in them
5743		when read.  This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes.
5744	Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last
5745		item in a table it would be truncated.  Problem noted by
5746		Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5747	Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when
5748		-v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information
5749		to be displayed.  Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
5750	Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously
5751		this was treated as end-of-input.  Problem noted by Bryan
5752		Costales.
5753	The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written
5754		to the queue file.  Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic
5755		Technologies, Inc.
5756	Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise
5757		if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays.
5758		Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T.
5759	If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple
5760		values for a given key, the database cursor would get
5761		trashed by the recursive call.  Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi
5762		of Georgia Tech.  Fixed by reading all the values and creating
5763		a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat
5764		different for this case.
5765	Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when
5766		HES_GETMAILHOST is defined.  Based on a patch by Betty Lee
5767		of Stanford University.
5768	When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and
5769		there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of
5770		the owners would get the message.  Problem pointed out by
5771		Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
5772	Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined
5773		in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X.  Problem
5774		noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar.
5775	When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in
5776		some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines.  Fix from
5777		Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5778	When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun
5779		failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice
5780		that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned.  Noted
5781		by Casper Dik of Sun Holland.
5782	Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that
5783		have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an
5784		error return of -1 doesn't work.  Use INADDR_NONE instead.
5785		This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce
5786		or get dropped.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the
5787		Pasteur Institute.
5788	DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase
5789		rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but
5790		the detailed status information would be wrong.  Problem noted
5791		by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company.
5792	Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating
5793		that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission.  The flag current
5794		does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using
5795		these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS
5796		canonification.
5797	Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines)
5798		to \r\n on SMTP mailers.  Default remains \n on non-SMTP
5799		mailers.
5800	Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers
5801		to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't
5802		misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line
5803		termination.  This will affect anyone who has redefined
5804		either of these in their configuration file.
5805	Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query;
5806		responses can be newline terminated.  From Terry Kennedy of
5807		St. Peter's College.
5808	Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have
5809		$#mailer with nothing following.  From Bryan Costales.
5810	Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue.
5811		Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University.
5812	Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros.  Fix
5813		from Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5814	After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before
5815		processing each one.  This avoids a certain form of denial
5816		of service attack.  Potential attack pointed out by Bryan
5817		Costales.
5818	Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity
5819		checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and
5820		check_rcpt for RCPT commands.  These rulesets can do anything
5821		they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the
5822		$#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed
5823		and the command is rejected.  Similarly, the check_compat
5824		ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr"
5825		(the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses);
5826		it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient"
5827		notification.  Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone
5828		in rulesets.
5829	Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port}
5830		that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively)
5831		of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of
5832		the connection.  These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to
5833		verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your
5834		host inappropriately.  Be sure to use the deferred evaluation
5835		form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound
5836		when sendmail reads the configuration file.
5837	Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection
5838		information.  Like check_compat, it is passed the host name
5839		and host address separated by $| and can reject connections
5840		on that basis.
5841	Allow IDA-style recursive function calls.  Code contributed by Mark
5842		Lovell and Paul Vixie.
5843	Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create
5844		a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k
5845		macro.  Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul
5846		Vixie.
5847	Add Stanford LDAP map.  Requires special libraries that are not
5848		included with sendmail.  Contributed by Booker C. Bense
5849		<bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support.
5850		See also the src/READ_ME file.
5851	Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this
5852		puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video.  Really useful
5853		only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to
5854		distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the
5855		two characters $, +.
5856	Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset,
5857		debug_dumpstate.
5858	Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include:
5859		files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that
5860		is, programs and files referenced from such files are not
5861		valid recipients.
5862	Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a
5863		name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal.  Problem
5864		noted by Tom May.
5865	Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate
5866		permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a
5867		single message it could be confusing.  Suggested by John
5868		Beck of InReference, Inc.
5869	The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated
5870		with CRLF.  Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure
5871		Computing Corporation.
5872	Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in
5873		message headers.  Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best
5874		Internet Communications.
5875	Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are
5876		used internally, very strange errors can occur if those
5877		characters appear in headers.  Problem noted by Anders Gertz
5878		of Lysator.
5879	Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions.  This only takes place if the
5880		recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on
5881		text/plain body types.  Code contributed by Marius Olafsson
5882		of the University of Iceland.
5883	Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower
5884		case in alias files regardless of configuration settings;
5885		this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or
5886		"POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster".  In most cases
5887		this change is a no-op.
5888	The -o map flag was ignored for text maps.  Problem noted by Bryan
5889		Costales.
5890	The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps.  Problem noted by
5891		Bryan Costales.
5892	Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no
5893		response.  Patch from Bryan Costales.
5894	Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections
5895		on LogLevel 14.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5896	Include port number in process title for network daemons.  Suggested
5897		by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5898	Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error
5899		message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress
5900		option (default: postmaster).  Previously they were always
5901		sent to postmaster.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
5902	Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that
5903		it runs in foreground.  This is useful for using with a
5904		wrapper that "watches" system services.  Suggested by Kyle
5905		Jones of UUNET.
5906	Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses
5907		when the comment comes before the address.  Patch from
5908		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
5909	Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages
5910		that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned
5911		mail".  This permits the person who is postmaster more
5912		easily determine what messages are to their role as
5913		postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent.  Based
5914		on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura.
5915	Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue
5916		to be sorted strictly by the time of submission.  Note that
5917		this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because
5918		large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with
5919		heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that
5920		are down delay processing of new jobs).  Also, this does not
5921		guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order
5922		unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue.  In general, it should
5923		probably only be used on the command line, and only in
5924		conjunction with -qRhost.domain.  In fact, there are very few
5925		cases where it should be used at all.  Based on an
5926		implementation by Motonori Nakamura.
5927	If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in
5928		the same manner as other rulesets.  Previously a temporary
5929		failure in ruleset 5 was ignored.  Patch from Booker Bense
5930		of Stanford University.
5931	Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a
5932		5yz (permanent failure) code.  The next MX host will still be
5933		tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place
5934		or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code.
5935		(It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor
5936		RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.)
5937		Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc.
5938	Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file).
5939		This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g.,
5940		name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the
5941		message.  This should only be used if your configuration file
5942		is prepared to do something sensible in this case.  Based on
5943		an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
5944	Fix problem finding network interface addresses.  Patch from
5945		Motonori Nakamura.
5946	Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if
5947		you are not running set-user-ID; this makes management of
5948		certain kinds of firewall setups difficult.  Patch
5949		suggested by Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm.
5950	Add persistent host status.  This keeps the information normally
5951		maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are
5952		shared between sendmail instances.  The HostStatusDirectory
5953		is the directory in which the information is maintained.  If
5954		not set, persistent host status is turned off.  If not a full
5955		pathname, it is relative to the queue directory.  A common
5956		value is ".hoststat".
5957		There are also two new operation modes:
5958		  * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent
5959		    connections.
5960		  * -bH purges the host statuses.  No attempt is made to save
5961		    recent status information.
5962		This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie
5963		Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of
5964		Bigrock Consulting.  Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience
5965		with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8
5966		framework is gratefully appreciated.
5967	New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to
5968		operate).  Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine
5969		open connections to the same remote host at the same time.
5970		This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to
5971		be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge
5972		message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small
5973		messages).  Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the
5974		lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce
5975		ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process
5976		file descriptors.  Based on the persistent host status code
5977		contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell.
5978	Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the
5979		SafeFileEnvironment option is set.  Problem noted by Bryan
5980		Costales.
5981	The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue
5982		file.  Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5983	If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from
5984		the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be
5985		left around; these would collect in the queue directory.
5986		Problem noted by Bryan Costales.
5987	Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles
5988		based on release number.  For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will
5989		search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then
5990		Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g.,
5991		adding $arch).  Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta
5992		Webmasters.
5993	When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower
5994		case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on
5995		the map itself.  Previously this was done based on the F=u
5996		flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases
5997		that you could never access.  Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC.
5998	When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on
5999		failure or delay were always set.  This caused those
6000		notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been
6001		specified.  Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University
6002		of Washington, Seattle.
6003	Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c).  This
6004		lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from
6005		this host.  If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return
6006		"550 Access denied".  -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for
6007		TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line.
6008		(See src/READ_ME for details.)
6009	Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster
6010		bounces.  Some people seemed to think that this could be
6011		confusing (even though it is true).  Suggested by Motonori
6012		Nakamura.
6013	Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that
6014		user early in processing to avoid potential security problems.
6015		However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must
6016		be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be
6017		writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that
6018		user.  It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment
6019		option.  In other words, it may not actually add much to
6020		security.  However, it should be useful on firewalls and other
6021		places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is
6022		well constrained.
6023	Add Timeout.iconnect.  This is like Timeout.connect except it is used
6024		only on the first attempt to delivery to an address.  It could
6025		be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that
6026		the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less
6027		responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run.
6028	Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs
6029		(such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected
6030		to a UDP port.  It also created some signal handling problems.
6031		The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2)
6032		and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+.  I am
6033		indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix.
6034	Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery
6035		will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup.  This adds
6036		fuzzy matching to the user map.  Patch from Dan Oscarsson.
6037	The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a
6038		denial-of-service attack.  Problem noted by Christophe
6039		Wolfhugel.
6040	Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed"
6041		notification.  Suggested by Barry Bouwsma.
6042	Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy
6043		option is set, since this disables VERB mode.  Suggested
6044		by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6045	Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set.  Problem noted
6046		by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
6047	Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there
6048		were no successful opens.  The previous behavior caused it
6049		to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found.  Problem
6050		noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems
6051		and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore.
6052	Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that
6053		is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion;
6054		the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop.
6055		Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington.
6056	Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value
6057		instead of 0644.  Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the
6058		National University of Singapore.
6059	Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery.  This helps
6060		detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the
6061		system can't cope with.
6062	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6063		Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western
6064			Atlas International.
6065		Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell
6066			<bicknell@ufp.org>.
6067		On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only
6068			work on the first recipient of a message due to a
6069			bug in the getpwent family.  If this is something you
6070			use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a
6071			workaround.  From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C.
6072			Bernstein and Associates.
6073		FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing
6074			parentheses, which breaks makesendmail.  Reported
6075			by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>.
6076		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of
6077			Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6078		Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because
6079			it is system-dependent.  Problem noted by J.J. Bailey
6080			of Bailey Computer Consulting.
6081		Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of
6082			Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc.
6083		HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the
6084			U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited.
6085		NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew.
6086		SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO.
6087		IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of
6088			Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological
6089			Institute.
6090		UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R.
6091			Lopez, CICA (Seville).
6092		NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR.
6093		PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor
6094			Employment Standards Administration.
6095		Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents.
6096		Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster
6097			Jr.
6098		NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases)
6099			from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting.
6100		ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler)
6101			from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
6102		Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand.
6103		NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla.
6104		NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT.
6105		Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis
6106			of the University of Arizona.
6107		Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid.  Noted by David Linn of
6108			Vanderbilt University.
6109		Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh.
6110			Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist;
6111			this auto-detects.  Based on a patch from Randall
6112			Winchester of the University of Maryland.
6113	CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file.  Contributed by
6114		Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6115	CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message''
6116		(where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously
6117		worked only on hosts).  Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all
6118		Foundation.
6119	CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals.
6120	CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that
6121		if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this
6122		should be transparent for most everyone.  Suggested by John
6123		Myers of CMU.
6124	CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade).  Without this feature, any
6125		domain listed in $=w is masqueraded.  With it, only those
6126		domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded.
6127	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain).  This causes
6128		masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all
6129		hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers
6130		themselves.  For example, if a configuration had
6131		MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only
6132		foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be
6133		masqueraded as well.  Based on an implementation by Richard
6134		(Pug) Bainter of U. Texas.
6135	CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of
6136		outgoing addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''.
6137		Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses.  Yes,
6138		this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out
6139		just when to use which one may be tricky.  Based on code
6140		contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates
6141		from Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6142	CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of
6143		incoming addresses.  Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''.
6144		Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host
6145		part (with the @ sign).  For example, a table containing:
6146			info@foo.com	foo-info
6147			info@bar.com	bar-info
6148			@baz.org	jane@elsewhere.net
6149		would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info
6150		(which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com
6151		to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will
6152		be sent to jane@elsewhere.net.  The names foo.com, bar.com,
6153		and baz.org must all be in $=w.  Based on discussions with
6154		a great many people.
6155	CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS.
6156		Suggested by Richard Bainter.
6157	CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the
6158		"fax" mailer.
6159	CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this
6160		passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local
6161		mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do
6162		additional clever processing.  From Joe Pruett of
6163		Teleport Corporation.  Delivery to the original user can
6164		be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon).
6165	CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take
6166		"mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user;
6167		"local:user" can also be used to do local delivery.  This
6168		applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries.  Based
6169		on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet.
6170	CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that
6171		limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS
6172		lookups required to support this feature.  For example,
6173		FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups
6174		to domains under my.site.com.  Code contributed by Anthony
6175		Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>.
6176	CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets,
6177		such as the check_rcpt ruleset.  Suggested by Gregory Shapiro
6178		of WPI.
6179	CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the
6180		event you have to define local mailers.  Suggested by
6181		Gregory Shapiro of WPI.
6182	CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could
6183		be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax.  Based on a patch by
6184		Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>.
6185	CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is
6186		remotely connected.  The address host!user was being
6187		converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay.
6188		Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company.
6189	CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect.
6190	CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to
6191		"User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the
6192		new address is still on the local host.  Based on a suggestion
6193		by Andreas Luik.
6194	CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users).
6195		However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root.
6196		Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro.
6197	CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe
6198		Wolfhugel.
6199	CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm.
6200	MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris.  Note
6201		well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no
6202		Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are
6203		different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660),
6204		and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them
6205		match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer.  Patches from Paul
6206		Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network.
6207	MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there
6208		was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file
6209		was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and
6210		the open.  Problem reported by William Colburn of the New
6211		Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology.
6212	MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably.  Patch from Bryan
6213		Costales.
6214	MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6215	MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't
6216		honored.  Fix from Michael Scott Shappe.
6217	PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI.
6218	NEW FILES:
6219		src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2
6220		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2
6221		src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion
6222		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x
6223		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x
6224		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20
6225		mailstats/mailstats.8
6226		praliases/praliases.8
6227		cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc
6228		cf/feature/genericstable.m4
6229		cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4
6230		cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4
6231		cf/feature/virtusertable.m4
6232		cf/ostype/aix2.m4
6233		cf/ostype/altos.m4
6234		cf/ostype/maxion.m4
6235		cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4
6236		cf/ostype/uxpds.m4
6237		contrib/re-mqueue.pl
6238	DELETED FILES:
6239		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris
6240		contrib/xla/README
6241		contrib/xla/xla.c
6242	RENAMED FILES:
6243		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 =>	Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x
6244		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 =>	Makefile.SCO.4.2
6245		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS =>		Makefile.UXPDSV10
6246		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT =>		Makefile.NeXT.2.x
6247		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP =>	Makefile.NeXT.3.x
6248
62498.7.6/8.7.3	1996/09/17
6250	SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the
6251		queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs
6252		as the default user.  This is not exploitable from off-site.
6253		Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser
6254		(old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell.
6255	SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows
6256		a local user to get root.  This is not known to be exploitable
6257		from off-site.  The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands.
6258
62598.7.5/8.7.3	1996/03/04
6260	Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can
6261		in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have
6262		extra spaces in odd places.  Patch from Eric Wassenaar;
6263		reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen
6264		Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired,
6265		and others.
6266
62678.7.4/8.7.3	1996/02/18
6268	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
6269		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
6270		any user (except root).
6271	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
6272		version number is unchanged.
6273
62748.7.3/8.7.3	1995/12/03
6275	Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused
6276		two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly.  Fix
6277		from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6278	Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause
6279		negative array subscripting.  Not a security problem since
6280		this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused
6281		core dumps.  Pointed out by Bryan Costales.
6282	Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names.  Pointed out by Bryan
6283		Costales.
6284	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6285		SCO doesn't have ftruncate.  From Bill Aten of Computerizers.
6286		IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte
6287			order.  Tweak it to work properly.  Based on fixes
6288			from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of
6289			Stanford University.
6290	CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option.
6291		Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
6292
62938.7.2/8.7.2	1995/11/19
6294	REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage,
6295		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options.  They were not
6296		properly repaired in 8.7.1.
6297	Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other
6298		valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the
6299		last being a historic botch, of course).  If Bcc: is the
6300		only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed,
6301		but the header name is kept.  The old behavior (always keep
6302		the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients
6303		to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_.
6304	Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set
6305		sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages.  Suggested
6306		by Kari Hurtta.
6307	If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then
6308		continues on to another map type, but the name is not found,
6309		return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map.
6310		For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails
6311		with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files,
6312		but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not
6313		a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the
6314		failure in the hosts.files map.  This error caused hard
6315		bounces when it should have requeued.
6316	Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo
6317		owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being set-user-ID bar stopped
6318		working properly due to excessive paranoia.  Pointed out by
6319		John Hawkinson of Panix.
6320	An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver
6321		timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and
6322		queued it locally).  Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order
6323		to simplify queue management for clustered systems.  Suggested
6324		by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.  The same problem could break
6325		MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk
6326		-- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of
6327		Infobiogen.
6328	Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring().  This was not a security
6329		problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this
6330		without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a
6331		good idea to avoid future problems.  Problem noted by John
6332		Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT.
6333	``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being
6334		printed.  Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft.
6335	Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option
6336		is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs
6337		created.  Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
6338	Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to
6339		be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher.  Suggested
6340		by Randy Martin of Clemson University.
6341	Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and
6342		underscores.
6343	Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an
6344		alias.  Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley
6345		of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation.
6346	If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that
6347		is returned could show some extraneous "success" information
6348		included even if the user did not request success notification,
6349		which was confusing.  Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
6350	Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to
6351		using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient
6352		configurations.  Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of
6353		having no local alias file unless it is declared.  Problem
6354		noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University.
6355	Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined.  Pointed out by Bryan
6356		Costales of ICSI.
6357	Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they
6358		should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps.  Pointed
6359		out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>.
6360	Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5
6361		even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the
6362		address with an "@".  Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan
6363		Technological University.
6364	When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with
6365		dots alone on a line by themselves.  This is because of the
6366		preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong.
6367		Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6368	Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing.  Pointed
6369		out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway).
6370	Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode).
6371		Requested by Allan Johannesen.
6372	Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal
6373		to have the database format of the alias files without the
6374		text version.  Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist,
6375		Inc.
6376	If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly
6377		imported from the environment.  Pointed out by Frank Crawford
6378		<frank@ansto.gov.au>.
6379	Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have
6380		extra arguments.  Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford
6381		University.
6382	Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only
6383		the parent should do this.  Fix from Brian Coan of the
6384		Association for Progressive Communications.
6385	If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run
6386		during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was
6387		reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that
6388		didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning
6389		even though it was fatal).  The fix is to not return such
6390		messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next
6391		MinQueueAge interval.  Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of
6392		SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
6393	Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions
6394		that have the hes_getmailhost() routine.  DEC Hesiod
6395		distributions do not have this routine.  Based on a patch
6396		from Betty Lee of Stanford University.
6397	Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition
6398		in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most
6399		non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures.  This should solve the
6400		occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that
6401		has plagued me for quite some time.  Based on a patch from
6402		Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University.
6403	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6404		Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from
6405			/usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings.  From
6406			James B. Davis of TCI.
6407		DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm.  From
6408			Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6409		HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x
6410			so that the makesendmail script will find it.  Pointed
6411			out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland.
6412			Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which
6413			isn't supported on all compilers.
6414		UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez.
6415	CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless
6416		you also had a FAX_RELAY.  From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE.
6417	CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name
6418		didn't have trailing dot.  From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne.
6419	CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as
6420		user%host@thishost.  From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen
6421		(France).
6422	CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file.
6423		Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications.
6424	CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files,
6425		such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local).  Based on
6426		a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing.
6427	CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that
6428		have already been set.  Previously it worked differently
6429		for different files.
6430	CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did.  My take
6431		is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems
6432		for some people.  From Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6433	CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>;
6434		portability changes for Posix environments (no functional
6435		changes).
6436
64378.7.1/8.7.1	1995/10/01
6438	Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage,
6439		OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash
6440		escapes in the options, where they previously had.  Bug
6441		pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT.
6442	Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that
6443		returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this
6444		would give contradictory results in the higher level; in
6445		particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be
6446		ignored.  Change to ignore the value if the program returns
6447		non-zero exit status.  From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
6448	Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a
6449		bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine.  Although
6450		this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution
6451		has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size
6452		internally (I know some vendors have shortened this
6453		dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular
6454		target.  Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf.
6455		These both have possible security implications.  Solutions
6456		suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group
6457		(Holland), Mark Seiden, and others.
6458	Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type)
6459		parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined
6460		results.  This could have security implications.
6461	If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace()
6462		routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero.
6463		Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec.
6464	Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always
6465		sort first within a given preference.  This forces the bestmx
6466		map to always return the local host first, if it is included
6467		in the list of highest priority MX records.  From K. Robert
6468		Elz.
6469	Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences.  Fixes from Randy
6470		Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU>
6471	When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified
6472		domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map
6473		(e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"),
6474		sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really
6475		really needs.  This has been changed to fall through to the
6476		next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts
6477		file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the
6478		short name was found in /etc/hosts.  This is probably a crock,
6479		but many people have hosts files without FQDNs.  Remember:
6480		domain names are your friends.
6481	Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup.
6482		Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited.
6483	When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting.
6484		Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc.
6485	Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP
6486		connection timeout in the kernel.  Add a new "connect" timeout
6487		to limit this time.  Defaults to zero (use whatever the
6488		kernel provides).  Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd
6489		of TerraNet.
6490	Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly
6491		removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages.
6492		(This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.)
6493		Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro
6494		of WPI.
6495	PORTABILITY FIXES:
6496		On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting
6497			of sendmail.st location.  Change the Makefile to
6498			install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE
6499			file and SGI standards.  From Andre
6500			<andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>.
6501		Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series)
6502			from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>.
6503		Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc.
6504		LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura.
6505		SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old
6506			dbm library.  The ndbm library is part of libc.
6507	CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with
6508		``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration.
6509		Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI.
6510	CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations --
6511		since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during
6512		rebuild.  Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson.
6513	CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because
6514		otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is
6515		the sender.  Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of
6516		Infobiogen (France).
6517	NEW FILES:
6518		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6519		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake)
6520		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS
6521
65228.7/8.7		1995/09/16
6523	Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file
6524		descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a
6525		vfork.  Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for
6526		Global Communications.
6527	Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some
6528		people seemed to think that it was too rude.
6529	Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK
6530		was not defined.  This was used "safely" in the sense
6531		that it only did a stat, but it would have set the
6532		map modification time improperly.  Problem pointed out
6533		by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech.
6534	Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return
6535		receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this
6536		can be confusing.
6537	Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is
6538		useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d".
6539	Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias
6540		file on systems with no database method compiled in.
6541	If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it
6542		up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts
6543		compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and
6544		RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally.
6545		Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of
6546		Maryland.
6547	Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP.
6548		There is nothing that says you can't have a long
6549		running program piped into sendmail (possibly via
6550		/bin/mail, which just execs sendmail).  Problem reported
6551		by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6552	Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I
6553		is not set.  This allows you to have hosts listed in
6554		NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS.  It's normally
6555		a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines.  This
6556		should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose.
6557	Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function
6558		prototypes.  From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
6559	Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused
6560		by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using
6561		$[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate
6562		times.  From Kyle Jones of UUNET.
6563	SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying
6564		the alias database file by setting resource limits low.
6565		This involves adding two new compile-time options:
6566		HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is
6567		available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support
6568		is available -- the Release 3 form is used).  The former
6569		is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System
6570		V-based systems.  Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of
6571		Swarthmore University.
6572	New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode:
6573		``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value".
6574		``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c".
6575		``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated
6576			ruleset.
6577		``=M'' will display the known mailers.
6578		``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line
6579			-d debug flag.
6580		``$m'' will print the value of macro $m.
6581		``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c.
6582		``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''.
6583		``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of
6584			crackaddr (essentially, the comment information)
6585			and the parsed address.
6586		``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form
6587			it will have when presented to the indicated mailer.
6588		``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing.  The
6589			flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope,
6590			and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient.  These
6591			can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header
6592			recipients.
6593		``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and
6594			return the result.
6595		``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated
6596			`mapname' and return the result.
6597	Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it
6598		should show the pathname rather than hex bytes.
6599	Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses
6600		the header for envelope sender information and uses
6601		CR-LF as message terminators.  It was thought to be
6602		obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it
6603		turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require
6604		that functionality.
6605	Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname
6606		return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify
6607		that name fails, wait one minute and try again.  This can
6608		result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system
6609		hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names
6610		listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot.
6611	Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per
6612		RFC 1123 section 5.2.5.  Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III
6613		of Michigan Technological University.
6614	Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you
6615		can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is,
6616		if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that
6617		chown is not safe.  The new version falls back to whether
6618		you are on a BSD system or not.  This is important for
6619		SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those
6620		error codes.  This impacts whether you can mail to files
6621		or not.
6622	Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration
6623		file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the
6624		syntax error in the config file.  Change to always print
6625		the error message.  It was especially weird because it
6626		would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster
6627		for every message sent (but with no transcript).  Problem
6628		noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola.
6629	Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including
6630		zero bytes.  These changes are internally extensive, but
6631		should have minimal impact on external function.
6632	Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is
6633		(apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g.,
6634			O MatchGECOS=TRUE
6635		The full list of old and new names is as follows:
6636			7	SevenBitInput
6637			8	EightBitMode
6638			A	AliasFile
6639			a	AliasWait
6640			B	BlankSub
6641			b	MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize
6642			C	CheckpointInterval
6643			c	HoldExpensive
6644			D	AutoRebuildAliases
6645			d	DeliveryMode
6646			E	ErrorHeader
6647			e	ErrorMode
6648			f	SaveFromLine
6649			F	TempFileMode
6650			G	MatchGECOS
6651			H	HelpFile
6652			h	MaxHopCount
6653			i	IgnoreDots
6654			I	ResolverOptions
6655			J	ForwardPath
6656			j	SendMimeErrors
6657			k	ConnectionCacheSize
6658			K	ConnectionCacheTimeout
6659			L	LogLevel
6660			l	UseErrorsTo
6661			m	MeToo
6662			n	CheckAliases
6663			O	DaemonPortOptions
6664			o	OldStyleHeaders
6665			P	PostmasterCopy
6666			p	PrivacyOptions
6667			Q	QueueDirectory
6668			q	QueueFactor
6669			R	DontPruneRoutes
6670			r, T	Timeout
6671			S	StatusFile
6672			s	SuperSafe
6673			t	TimeZoneSpec
6674			u	DefaultUser
6675			U	UserDatabaseSpec
6676			V	FallbackMXHost
6677			v	Verbose
6678			w	TryNullMXList
6679			x	QueueLA
6680			X	RefuseLA
6681			Y	ForkEachJob
6682			y	RecipientFactor
6683			z	ClassFactor
6684			Z	RetryFactor
6685		The old macros that passed information into sendmail have
6686		been changed to options; those correspondences are:
6687			$e	SmtpGreetingMessage
6688			$l	UnixFromLine
6689			$o	OperatorChars
6690			$q	(deleted -- not necessary)
6691		To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail,
6692		configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of
6693		sendmail; any config file using the new names should
6694		specify "V6" in the configuration.
6695	Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a
6696		colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same
6697		as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should
6698		treat them as comments).  This is to handle the
6699		``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will
6700		assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first
6701		address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address).
6702		This requires config file support to get right.  It does
6703		understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned
6704		off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6705	Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags:
6706		    A	Addresses are aliasable.
6707		    i	Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header
6708			sender lines.  Applies to the from address mailer
6709			flags rather than the recipient mailer flags.
6710		    j	Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses.
6711			Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the
6712			recipient mailer flags.
6713		    k	Disable check for loops when doing HELO command.
6714		    o	Always run as the mail recipient, even on local
6715			delivery.
6716		    w	Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user.
6717		    5	Pass addresses through ruleset 5.
6718		    :	Check for :include: on this address.
6719		    |	Check for |program on this address.
6720		    /	Check for /file on this address.
6721		    @	Look up sender header addresses in the user
6722			database.  Applies to the mailer flags for the
6723			mailer corresponding to the envelope sender
6724			address, rather than to recipient mailer flags.
6725		Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @
6726		on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*"
6727		mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option.
6728	Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions.  This borrows ideas from
6729		John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed
6730		their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see
6731		mime.c for an explanation of why).  This adds the
6732		EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag
6733		to control handling of 8-bit data.  These have to cope with
6734		two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is,
6735		8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit
6736		MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the
6737		specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared
6738		as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the
6739		-B8BITMIME command line flag).  If the F=8 mailer flag is
6740		set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines
6741		instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using
6742		just-send-8 semantics).  The values for EightBitMode are:
6743		    m	convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do
6744			any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT
6745			(essentially, the full MIME option).
6746		    p	pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled
6747			8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default).
6748		    s	strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input,
6749			convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required.  The F=8
6750			flag is ignored.
6751		Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of
6752			the setting of F=8.
6753	Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types
6754		which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other
6755		considerations.  Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are
6756		never directly encoded (although their components can be).
6757	Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the
6758		MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though
6759		they are an RFC822 message.  It is predefined to have
6760		"rfc822".  Suggested By Kari Hurtta.
6761	Add new internal class 'e'.  This is the set of MIME
6762		Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to
6763		a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64).  It is
6764		preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary".
6765	Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no
6766		short name) to set the default character set to use in the
6767		Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message
6768		which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format.  If the C=
6769		parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as
6770		the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option.
6771		If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as
6772		suggested by RFC 1428 section 3.
6773	Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default
6774		user and group that a mailer will be executed as.  This
6775		overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is
6776		also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that
6777		is, the controlling address is ignored).  The values may be
6778		numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no
6779		group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used
6780		as the group.  Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of
6781		Unicom.
6782	Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same
6783		fashion as the U= mailer option.
6784	Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as
6785		a comment).  This adds a new compile-time configuration
6786		flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value
6787		of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value
6788		of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char
6789		*tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use
6790		timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment).  Code
6791		from Chip Rosenthal.
6792	The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions.
6793		For example,
6794		    O Timeout.helo = 2m
6795		There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and
6796		"queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option.  Thus, to
6797		set them both the preferred new syntax is
6798		    O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d
6799		    O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h
6800	Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the
6801		QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to
6802		``host''.  This makes better use of the connection cache,
6803		but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large
6804		backlogs under some circumstances.  This is probably a
6805		good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots
6806		of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using
6807		something like PPP on a 14.4 modem.  Based on code
6808		contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main
6809		contribution was to make it configurable).
6810	Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue
6811		after disastrous disk crash.  Suggested by Kyle Jones of
6812		UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written
6813		by Paul Vixie.  NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7
6814		are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert
6815		from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction.
6816	Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in
6817		route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases
6818		they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as
6819		I/O redirection.
6820	Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this
6821		can be confusing.
6822	Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or
6823		*-request addresses.  Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel
6824		of the Institut Pasteur, Paris.
6825	Allow -O command line flag to set long form options.
6826	Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts
6827		to run the queue.  For example, if the queue interval
6828		(-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age
6829		is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than
6830		once every fifteen minutes.  This can be used to give
6831		you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to
6832		queue-only.
6833	Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening
6834		:include: and .forward files.
6835	Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the
6836		key field name, the value field name, and the field
6837		delimiter.  The field delimiter can be a single character
6838		or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline.
6839		These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods.
6840	Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag
6841		turns off this behavior.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
6842	Add "nisplus" map class.  Takes -k and -v flags to choose the
6843		key and value field names respectively.  Code donated by
6844		Sun Microsystems.
6845	Add "hesiod" map class.  The "file name" is used as the
6846		"HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3).  Returns the
6847		first value found for the match.  Code donated by Scott
6848		Hutton of Indiana University.
6849	Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class.  Maps can have a -k flag to
6850		specify the name of the property that is searched as the
6851		key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that
6852		is returned as the value (defaults to "members").  The
6853		default map is "/aliases".  Some code based on code
6854		contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software.
6855	Add "text" map class.  This does slow, linear searches through
6856		text files.  The -z flag specifies a column delimiter
6857		(defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag
6858		sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the
6859		value column number.  Lines beginning with `#' are treated
6860		as comments.
6861	Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs.  The search
6862		key is presented as the last argument; the output is one
6863		line read from the programs standard output.  Exit statuses
6864		are from sysexits.h.
6865	Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it
6866		finds a match.  For example, the declarations:
6867		    Kmap1 ...
6868		    Kmap2 ...
6869		    Kmapseq sequence map1 map2
6870		defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the
6871		value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise
6872		map2 is searched and the value returned.
6873	Add "switch" map class.  This is much like "sequence" except that
6874		the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually
6875		the system service switch.  The parameter is the name of
6876		the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use
6877		are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type".
6878		For example, if the declaration of the map is
6879		    Ksample switch hosts
6880		and the system service switch specifies that hosts are
6881		looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is
6882		equivalent to
6883		    Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis
6884		The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined.
6885	Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam.  Takes a
6886		"-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd
6887		entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid,
6888		gecos, dir, and shell.  Generally expected to be used with
6889		the -m (matchonly) flag.
6890	Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host
6891		listed as the value.  If there are several "best" MX records
6892		for this host, one will be chosen at random.
6893	Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database.
6894		The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used,
6895		typically "mailname".  If there are multiple entries
6896		matching the name, the one chosen is undefined.
6897	Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning).  These are
6898		set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of
6899		three values.  If a Priority: is set and has value "normal",
6900		"urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are
6901		used.  If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted;
6902		if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than
6903		zero, urgent timeouts are used.  Otherwise, normal timeouts
6904		are used.  The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts
6905		queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}.
6906	Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer
6907		with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP,
6908		but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded.
6909		This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead
6910		of queueing it (queueing is very hard).
6911	When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that
6912		the first name in the list is the best one -- instead,
6913		search for the first one with a dot.  For example, if
6914		an /etc/hosts entry reads
6915		    128.32.149.68	mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU
6916		this change will use the second name as the canonical
6917		machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name.
6918	Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value
6919		indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition.
6920		For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change
6921		"Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it
6922		quoted (because of the space character).  Suggested by Dan
6923		Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses.
6924	Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can
6925		be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}.
6926		Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''.  Names that have
6927		a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are
6928		reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files
6929		should use names that begin with a capital letter.  Based
6930		on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson.
6931	Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed
6932		to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list
6933		with no members).  Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
6934	Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc
6935		failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called
6936		xalloc....  The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages.
6937		Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University.
6938	Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even
6939		checked if you were delivering to anything other than an
6940		IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail
6941		deliveries could cause cached connections to be open
6942		much longer than the specified timeout.
6943	If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop
6944		writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since
6945		this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible
6946		denial-of-service attack.
6947	Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is
6948		defined.  It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric
6949		user names.  Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
6950	Add service switch support.  If the local OS has a service
6951		switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf
6952		on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back
6953		to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile
6954		option (default: /etc/service.switch).  For example, if the
6955		service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases
6956		service, that will be the default lookup order.  the "files"
6957		("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files
6958		you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't
6959		actually file lookups.
6960	Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer"
6961		variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered
6962		canonical.  This is now determined based on whether or not
6963		"dns" is in the service list for "hosts".
6964	Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery
6965		Status Notifications).  DSN notifications override
6966		Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow --
6967		support for them has been removed.
6968	Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer
6969		definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for
6970		MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively.
6971	Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the
6972		five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting
6973		message (not just the second line).  This is to provide
6974		better compatibility with other ESMTP servers.
6975	Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can
6976		easily see how much progress you have made.  Suggested
6977		by Peter Wemm of DIALix.
6978	Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of
6979		syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines.
6980		Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas.
6981	Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into
6982		multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this
6983		also improves the connection cache utilization.
6984	Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for
6985		the purposes of refusing to send error returns.  Suggested
6986		by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University.
6987	Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from
6988		the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the
6989		real uid/gid.  This allows you to create a file owned by
6990		and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work
6991		all the time (without having the set-user-ID bit set).  Change
6992		suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun
6993		Microsystems.
6994	Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra"
6995		delay for dial on demand systems.  If this is non-zero
6996		and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and
6997		then try again.  If it takes longer than the kernel
6998		timeout interval to establish the connection, this
6999		option can give the network software time to establish
7000		the link.  The default units are seconds.
7001	Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible;
7002		previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail
7003		sent to aliases.  Suggested by Brad Knowles of the
7004		Defense Information Systems Agency.
7005	Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by
7006		BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told.  From Douglas Anderson of
7007		the National Computer Security Center.
7008	Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling
7009		you how long it took to deliver to this address on the
7010		last try.  It is intended to be used for sorting mailing
7011		lists to favor "quick" addresses.  Provided for use by
7012		the mailprio scripts (see below).
7013	If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and
7014		an address requires that map for resolution, queue the
7015		map instead of bouncing it.  This involves creating a
7016		pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required
7017		map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map;
7018		all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail".  The
7019		bogus-map class is not directly accessible.  A sample
7020		implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow
7021		University Computing Service.
7022	Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks
7023		SMTP on its standard input.  Fix from Keith Moore of
7024		the University of Kentucky.
7025	Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename;
7026		previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized
7027		as a file.  Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis.
7028	Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon.  This only works if
7029		argv[0] is a full path to sendmail.
7030	Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines
7031		-- the network number wasn't being converted to network
7032		byte order.  Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies
7033		Corporation.
7034	Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with
7035		BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get
7036		reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time
7037		out.  Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft.
7038	Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of
7039		locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not
7040		an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added.  This really
7041		just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name"
7042		can be used to read trusted user names from a file.
7043		Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even
7044		if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells.
7045	Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them
7046		properly if they do not already exist.  This had been
7047		a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9.
7048	Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid
7049		(but not prevent, sigh) race conditions.  This ought to
7050		be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't.  Suggested by
7051		Michael Beirne of Motorola.
7052	Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem
7053		holding the queue.  Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf
7054		Communications.
7055	Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file
7056		when checking for file permissions iff setreuid()
7057		succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case.  This avoids
7058		significant performance problems when looking for .forward
7059		files.  Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC.
7060	Allow symbolic ruleset names.  Syntax can be "Sname" to get an
7061		arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer"
7062		to assign a specific ruleset number.  Reference is
7063		$>name_or_number.  Names can be composed of alphas, digits,
7064		underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric).
7065	Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional.
7066		From Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7067	Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is
7068		no legal recipient header in the message.  It can take
7069		on values:
7070		  None			Leave the message as is.  The
7071					message will be passed on even
7072					though it is in technically
7073					illegal syntax.
7074		  Add-To		Add a To: header with any
7075					recipients that it can find from
7076					the envelope.  This risks exposing
7077					Bcc: recipients.
7078		  Add-Apparently-To	Add an Apparently-To: header.  This
7079					has almost no redeeming social value,
7080					and is provided only for back
7081					compatibility.
7082		  Add-To-Undisclosed	Add a header reading
7083					To: undisclosed-recipients:;
7084					which will have the effect of
7085					making the message legal without
7086					exposing Bcc: recipients.
7087		  Add-Bcc		To add an empty Bcc: header.
7088					There is a chance that mailers down
7089					the line will delete this header,
7090					which could cause exposure of Bcc:
7091					recipients.
7092		The default is NoRecipientAction=None.
7093	Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header.  This
7094		should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't
7095		themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to
7096		be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind
7097		recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom.
7098	Add SafeFileEnvironment option.  If declared, files named as delivery
7099		targets must be regular files in addition to the regular
7100		checks.  Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as
7101		the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2)
7102		environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an
7103		alias or forward should include the name of this root.
7104		For example, if you run with
7105			O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch
7106		then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path".  If a
7107		value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to
7108		/usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the
7109		queue as Qfxxxxxx).  Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit.
7110	Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like
7111		entries.  For example, given the aliases:
7112			list: member1
7113			list: member2
7114		and an alias file declared as:
7115			OAhash:-A /etc/aliases
7116		the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2";
7117		without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent
7118		alias for "list".  Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7119	Line-buffer transcript file.  Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys.
7120	Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in
7121		some special circumstances.  Problem pointed out by Allan
7122		Johannesen.
7123	(Internal change.)  Change interface to expand() (macro expansion)
7124		to be simpler and more consistent.
7125	Delete check for funny qf file names.  This didn't really give
7126		any extra security and caused some people some problems.
7127		(If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK
7128		at compile time.)  Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET.
7129	(Internal change.)  Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and
7130		merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent.
7131		This may affect some people who have written their own
7132		checkcompat() routine.
7133	(Internal change.)  Eliminate `D' line in qf file.  The df file
7134		is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with
7135		the `q' changed to a `d', of course).
7136	Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as
7137		"expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems.
7138		Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode
7139		if all it is going to do is queue anyway.
7140	Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances
7141		(specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary
7142		failure but the connection is lost before the DATA
7143		command).  Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing
7144		Corporation.
7145	Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme:
7146		Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch,
7147		where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is
7148		the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine
7149		architecture (e.g., sun4).  Any of these can be omitted,
7150		and anything after the first dot in a release number can
7151		be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4).  The previous
7152		version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general.
7153	Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory
7154		when it is being created.  This involves adding an empty
7155		"depend:" entry in most Makefiles.
7156	Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER",
7157		as indicated by RFC 1413.  Pointed out by Kari Hurtta
7158		of the Finnish Meteorological Institute.
7159	Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command
7160		on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons).
7161		Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo.
7162	Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of
7163		the header.
7164	Log Authentication-Warning:s.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7165	Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers
7166		to canonify addresses in headers on the fly.  This is still
7167		a rather ugly heuristic.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7168	Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX
7169		records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX
7170		lookups are done for addressing they must be fully
7171		qualified.  This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record,
7172		although it may cause other problems.  In general, don't use
7173		wildcard MX records.  Patch from Motonori Nakamura.
7174	Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message.  Instead of
7175		adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP"
7176		is added between the first and second word of the first
7177		line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the
7178		host name).  This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS
7179		compile flag.  Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's
7180		acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that
7181		old sendmails understand.
7182	Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1
7183		invoked state dumps.  From Masaharu Onishi.
7184	Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are
7185		introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP>
7186		is a space or a tab.  This is intended for native
7187		representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where
7188		existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose
7189		data -- for example,
7190		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori
7191					(romanized/less information)
7192		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?=
7193					      =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?=
7194					(with MIME encoding, not human readable)
7195		 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B
7196					(native encoding with ISO-2022-JP)
7197		The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment.
7198		Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura.
7199	Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all
7200		messages to that host; these are most frequently associated
7201		with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of
7202		421 (service shutting down).  The effect was to cause queues
7203		to sometimes take an excessive time to flush.  Reported by
7204		Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and
7205		Eric Prestemon of American University.
7206	Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will
7207		run.  This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an
7208		increment on the background value).
7209	Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads.  They are logged
7210		at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8.  Contributed
7211		by Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7212	Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code
7213		instead of an sysexits status code in the host part.
7214		Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code.
7215	Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable
7216		to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system
7217		in addition to the set required by RFC 1521.  The additional
7218		characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~.
7219		(Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.)
7220	Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE]
7221		rather than looking for the mailer named *file*.  The mapping
7222		of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer.  This
7223		allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate
7224		program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header
7225		or do special security policy.  However, note that the usual
7226		initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and
7227		the program in question needs to be very careful about how
7228		it does the file write to avoid security problems.
7229	Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to
7230		regular users.  This is disrecommended because sendmail
7231		sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option
7232		is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be
7233		safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for
7234		whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link.
7235		Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories.
7236	Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts
7237		file.  This is used for canonifying hostnames when the
7238		service type is "files".
7239	Implement programs on F (read class from file) line.  The syntax is
7240		Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program
7241		into class "c".
7242	Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this
7243		host.  Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call.  Code
7244		contributed by SunSoft.
7245	Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment
7246		variables into children.  "E<envar>" will propagate
7247		the named variable from the environment when sendmail
7248		was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>"
7249		sets the named variable to the indicated value.  Any
7250		variables not explicitly named will not be in the child
7251		environment.  However, sendmail still forces an
7252		"AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce
7253		at least one environment variable, since many programs and
7254		libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed.
7255	Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of
7256		alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring
7257		"/yp/" in the file name.  This is more portable and involves
7258		less overhead.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7259	Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose
7260		jobs in large queue runs.  The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter
7261		is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which
7262		should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option,
7263		which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever
7264		be handled in a single queue run.  Based on code contributed
7265		by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications.
7266	Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum
7267		message size.  Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech.
7268	Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without
7269		an X-Authentication-Warning: added.  Suggested by Mark Thomas
7270		of Mark G. Thomas Consulting.
7271	Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the
7272		OS-dependent defines).  The old semantic of -d0.1 to not
7273		run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100,
7274		and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing
7275		all output files) has been moved to 52.100.  This makes
7276		things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change
7277		semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that
7278		it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging
7279		flags.
7280	If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an
7281		error message rather than just doing nothing.  Fix from
7282		Motonori Nakamura.
7283	On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily
7284		included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the
7285		`restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized
7286		user to not be able to use `mailq'.  Fix from Charles Hannum
7287		of MIT.
7288	Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers.  Suggested by
7289		Gerry Magennis of Logica International.
7290	Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs
7291		when running DNS.  For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is
7292		a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in
7293		the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG"
7294		if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set.
7295		This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the
7296		IETF is moving toward legalizing it.  Note that turning on
7297		this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream
7298		neighbor won't rewrite the address for you.
7299	Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object
7300		directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do
7301		the make.
7302	Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try
7303		to detect attacks against the qf file.  In particular,
7304		abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of
7305		file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited.
7306	Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor
7307		choices.  This can be overridden in the Makefile by using
7308		either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location
7309		(to the extent that we know it) or by defining
7310		_PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override").  This allows
7311		sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions.
7312	Allow macros on `K' line in config file.  Suggested by Andrew Chang
7313		of Sun Microsystems.
7314	Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar.  This one
7315		is at least 50% faster.
7316	Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a
7317		transient error.  Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell
7318		University.
7319	Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for
7320		classes.  Suggested by Motonori Nakamura.
7321	Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead
7322		of dropping out entirely.  This makes testing some of the
7323		name server lookups easier to deal with when there are
7324		hung servers.  From Motonori Nakamura.
7325	Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode
7326		(e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.).  Suggested by
7327		Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>.
7328	Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs.
7329		Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid
7330		any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that
7331		want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued.  For
7332		this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname
7333		of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup.
7334	Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of
7335		Carnegie Mellon.
7336	Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2)
7337		support.
7338	Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could
7339		not send for past N days".  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T
7340		Global Information Solutions.
7341	Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only.
7342		From Motonori Nakamura.
7343	Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags.  From
7344		Motonori Nakamura.
7345	Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end
7346		or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple.
7347	Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad
7348		address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP
7349		site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response
7350		to the final dot of the data.  Problem reported by David
7351		James of British Telecom.
7352	Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work.  Patches
7353		from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS.
7354	Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites
7355		that list the same host twice in an MX list.  This deletion
7356		only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that
7357		had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had
7358		A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B.  This is intentional,
7359		just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of.
7360		Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die.
7361	SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links.  If they are,
7362		a bad guy can read your private files.
7363	PORTABILITY FIXES:
7364		Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>.
7365		System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan
7366			University.  This expands the disk size
7367			checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations.
7368		System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3)
7369			and setrlimit(2) are both available.
7370		System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions
7371			apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles."
7372		Linux Makefile typo.
7373		Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 --
7374			from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia.
7375		More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State
7376			University, Chico.
7377		Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar:  ``On Cray, shorts,
7378			ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs
7379			are multiples of 64 bits.  This means that the
7380			sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8.
7381			This requires adaptation of code that really
7382			deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP
7383			addresses or nameserver fields.''
7384		DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>.  To
7385			get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2.
7386		DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment
7387			variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior.
7388		Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>.
7389			This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile
7390			problems.
7391		Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to
7392			match all the other configuration files.  Fix
7393			from Glenn Barry of Emory University.
7394		Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c.  Fix from Alain
7395			Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium.
7396		Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect.  Fix from
7397			Takashi Kizu of Osaka University.
7398		SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the
7399			emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername"
7400			doesn't require reading the file.  Fix from Peter
7401			Wemm of DIALix.
7402		Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation
7403			library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where
7404			they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the
7405			socket clears the problem.  Fix from Bob Manson
7406			of Ohio State University.
7407		Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability
7408			fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba
7409			University.
7410		AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf
7411			of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t
7412			Mainz.
7413		AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard.
7414		SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the
7415			wrong statfs call).
7416		ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project).
7417		Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers
7418			University.
7419		DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General.
7420		IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of
7421			Rochester Medical Center.
7422		Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos
7423			did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line;
7424			their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and
7425			Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from
7426			Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>.
7427		OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson
7428			<jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems
7429			Division.
7430		Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson
7431			<janet@dialix.oz.au>.
7432		System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain
7433			Durand of I.M.A.G.
7434		HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from
7435			Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University.
7436		Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation.
7437		Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North
7438			Dakota, Scientific Computing Center.
7439		Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications.
7440		ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7441		IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre.
7442		ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey.
7443		HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud
7444			of Meteo France.
7445		HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>.
7446		IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta.
7447		FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation.
7448		Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura.
7449		Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura.
7450		NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura.
7451		NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales.
7452		AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer.
7453		HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard.
7454		Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a
7455			non-DEC resolver.  Suggested by Allan Johannesen.
7456		UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical
7457			University of Brno (Czech Republic).
7458		KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University
7459			of Colorado.
7460		UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC.
7461	MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases
7462		in type ``btree'' maps.  The semantics of this are undefined
7463		for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database.
7464	MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail
7465		lookups while the rebuild is going on.  There is a race
7466		condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock
7467		on the file, but it should be quite small.
7468	SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release.  This can
7469		be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer,
7470		giving the local administrator more control over what
7471		programs can be run from sendmail.
7472	MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape.  It is not really
7473		part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in
7474		particular, it does not run on System V based systems and
7475		never will.
7476	CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon
7477		to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have
7478		function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf.
7479	CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing
7480		lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that
7481		respond quickly get sent first.  This is to prevent very
7482		sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail.
7483		Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI.
7484	CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders
7485		of BSDI.  This has a lot of comments to help people out.
7486	CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead,
7487		put this on the m4 command line.  On GNU m4 (which
7488		supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an
7489		arbitrary directory -- use either:
7490			m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7491		or
7492			m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf
7493		On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you
7494		can use:
7495			m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ...
7496		(Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.)
7497		Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back
7498		compatibility.
7499	CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to
7500		MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses.
7501	CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host
7502		names.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU.
7503	CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration.
7504		From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore
7505		County.
7506	CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address.
7507	CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not
7508		just unqualified ones.
7509	CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it
7510		was never used and didn't work anyway.
7511	CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer
7512		and d on all mailers in the UUCP class.
7513	CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first
7514		look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and
7515		finally for "user".  This is intended for forwarding mail
7516		for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a
7517		centralized hub.
7518	CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above).
7519	CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set.
7520		The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since
7521		this is expected to be another sendmail.
7522	CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with
7523		the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the
7524		wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections),
7525		and this can create unreplyable addresses.  From Chip
7526		Rosenthal of Unicom.
7527	CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the
7528		Received: header inserted into all messages.  Suggested by
7529		Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba.
7530	CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost)
7531		to get the old behavior.  I did this upon observing
7532		that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the
7533		concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with
7534		some user agents anyway.  FEATURE(notsticky) still works,
7535		but it is a no-op.
7536	CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user
7537		names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them
7538		as User Unknown.
7539	CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS,
7540		and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the
7541		indicated mailers.  All default to "IPC $h".  Patch from
7542		Larry Parmelee of Cornell University.
7543	CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects
7544		on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate
7545		return-path.  From Kimmo Suominen.
7546	CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program
7547		as the local mailer.  For addresses of the form "user+detail"
7548		the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag.
7549		Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7550	CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for
7551		use from mailertables.  This lets you execute arbitrary
7552		procmail scripts.  Contributed by Kimmo Suominen.
7553	CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers.
7554	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent.  From
7555		Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support.
7556	CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f.
7557		This causes the null return path to be rewritten as
7558		MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused.
7559		From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden.
7560	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that
7561		list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as
7562		though they were local (essentially, assume that they
7563		are included in $=w).  This can cause additional DNS
7564		traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your
7565		local model.  It does not work reliably if there are
7566		multiple hosts that share the best MX preference.
7567		Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers.
7568	CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted
7569		SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery
7570		to programs.  If an argument is included, it is used as
7571		the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is
7572		assumed.
7573	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the
7574		size of messages to the local and procmail mailers
7575		respectively.  Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense
7576		Information Systems Agency.
7577	CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments
7578		(just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to
7579		properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax.
7580	CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to
7581		any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro
7582		so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use
7583		the Berkeley defaults.  Also, create some generic files
7584		that really can be used in the real world.
7585	CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for
7586		messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET,
7587		SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET.
7588	CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency.
7589		The old name will still be accepted for a while at least.
7590	CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET
7591		mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent.
7592		As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''.  Suggested
7593		by Scott Hutton.
7594	CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support.  Code contributed
7595		by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services.
7596	CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor
7597		performance for large alias files, and this confused many
7598		people.
7599	CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the
7600		configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup.
7601	CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it
7602		would only work when locally addressed.  Fix from
7603		Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services.
7604	CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option
7605		"n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database.
7606		Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier.
7607	CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form
7608		``error:code message''.  The ``code'' is a status code
7609		derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE.
7610		Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>.
7611	CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of
7612		sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name.
7613		These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes
7614		through with sender addresses in those domains they will be
7615		replaced by the masquerade name.  These can also be specified
7616		in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename).
7617	CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope
7618		as well as the header.  Substantial improvements to this
7619		code were contributed by Per Hedeland.
7620	CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be
7621		accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups.  Contributed
7622		by Kimmo Suominen.
7623	CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be
7624		used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support).
7625		Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon.
7626	CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for
7627		UUCP addressing.  Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS.
7628	NEW FILES:
7629		cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc
7630		cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc
7631		cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc
7632		cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc
7633		cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc
7634		cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc
7635		cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc
7636		cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc
7637		cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc
7638		cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc
7639		cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc
7640		cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4
7641		cf/domain/generic.m4
7642		cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4
7643		cf/feature/local_procmail.m4
7644		cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4
7645		cf/feature/smrsh.m4
7646		cf/feature/stickyhost.m4
7647		cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4
7648		cf/m4/cfhead.m4
7649		cf/mailer/cyrus.m4
7650		cf/mailer/mail11.m4
7651		cf/mailer/phquery.m4
7652		cf/mailer/procmail.m4
7653		cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4
7654		cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4
7655		cf/ostype/hpux10.m4
7656		cf/ostype/irix5.m4
7657		cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4
7658		cf/ostype/ptx2.m4
7659		cf/ostype/unknown.m4
7660		contrib/bsdi.mc
7661		contrib/mailprio
7662		contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch
7663		mail.local/mail.local.0
7664		makemap/makemap.0
7665		smrsh/README
7666		smrsh/smrsh.0
7667		smrsh/smrsh.8
7668		smrsh/smrsh.c
7669		src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS
7670		src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V
7671		src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10
7672		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x
7673		src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64
7674		src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC
7675		src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR
7676		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x
7677		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x
7678		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP
7679		src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX
7680		src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon
7681		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2
7682		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3
7683		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4
7684		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5
7685		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386
7686		src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV
7687		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800
7688		src/aliases.0
7689		src/mailq.0
7690		src/mime.c
7691		src/newaliases.0
7692		src/sendmail.0
7693		test/t_seteuid.c
7694	RENAMED FILES:
7695		cf/cf/alpha.mc =>		cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc
7696		cf/cf/chez.mc =>		cf/cf/chez.cs.mc
7697		cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc
7698		cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc
7699		cf/cf/s2k.mc =>			cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc
7700		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc =>	cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc
7701		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc
7702		cf/cf/vangogh.mc =>		cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc
7703		cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 =>	cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4
7704		cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 =>	cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7705		cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 =>	cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7706		cf/domain/s2k.m4 =>		cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4
7707		cf/ostype/hpux.m4 =>		cf/ostype/hpux9.m4
7708		cf/ostype/irix.m4 =>		cf/ostype/irix4.m4
7709		cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 =>	cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4
7710		src/Makefile.* =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.*
7711		src/Makefile.AUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX
7712		src/Makefile.BSDI =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS
7713		src/Makefile.DGUX =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux
7714		src/Makefile.RISCos =>		src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS
7715		src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 =>	src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0
7716	OBSOLETED FILES:
7717		cf/cf/cogsci.mc
7718		cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc
7719		cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc
7720		cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc
7721		cf/cf/knecht.mc
7722		cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc
7723		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc
7724		cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc
7725		cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7726		cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc
7727		cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4
7728		contrib/rcpt-streaming
7729		src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
7730
77318.6.13/8.6.12	1996/01/25
7732	SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to
7733		insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to
7734		any user (except root).
7735	CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration
7736		version number is unchanged.
7737
77388.6.12/8.6.12	1995/03/28
7739	Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer
7740		too small, so nothing was ever accepted).  Fix from several
7741		people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the
7742		Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of
7743		Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of
7744		each other!).
7745	Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of
7746		file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather
7747		than fork().
7748
77498.6.11/8.6.11	1995/03/08
7750	The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often
7751		than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent.
7752	The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack''
7753		message when attempted from IDENT.
7754	In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when
7755		reporting the ``possible attack'' message.  This can
7756		cause denial of service attacks.  Truncate the message
7757		to 80 characters to prevent this problem.
7758	When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the
7759		read from the network to ensure that you don't get
7760		partial lines.
7761	Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null
7762		shell) wouldn't match as "ok".  Problem noted by
7763		Rob McMahon.
7764	When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the
7765		_res.options field is initialized differently than it
7766		was historically -- this requires that sendmail call
7767		res_init before it tweaks any bits.
7768	Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode
7769		and the stdio mode passed to fdopen.  This caused UnixWare
7770		2.0 to have conniptions.  Fix from Martin Sohnius of
7771		Novell Labs Europe.
7772	Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when
7773		using GNU's ld command.  Fix from John Kennedy of
7774		Cal State Chico.
7775	It was possible to turn off privacy flags.  Problem noted by
7776		*Hobbit*.
7777	Be more paranoid about writing files.  Suggestions by *Hobbit*
7778		and Liudvikas Bukys.
7779	MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular)
7780		from Spider Boardman.
7781	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7782		with the binaries).
7783
77848.6.10/8.6.10	1995/02/10
7785	SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that
7786		could allow trash to get into headers and qf files.
7787	Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol.
7788		Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally
7789		bogus information.  Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell
7790		of the Free Software Foundation.  Has some security
7791		implications.
7792	Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when
7793		the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly
7794		because it was passed as a printf-style format string.
7795		In some cases this could cause core dumps.
7796	Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error
7797		message is quite long.  From Fletcher Mattox of the
7798		University of Texas.
7799	Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error
7800		messages if and only if you were sending to an alias.
7801		From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and
7802		Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory.
7803	Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was
7804		set and e->e_message was null.  Fix from Bruce Nagel of
7805		Data General.
7806	Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around
7807		after "hop count exceeded" messages.  Fix from Andrew
7808		Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft.
7809	Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long
7810		user names (as might occur if you piped to a program
7811		with a lot of arguments).
7812	Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature
7813		is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''.
7814		Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of
7815		Michigan.
7816	Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned
7817		off.  Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire
7818		Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM),
7819		Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky
7820		Thibault.
7821	Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in
7822		some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups
7823		causing it to do unexpected things.  This also simplifies
7824		some of the map code.
7825	CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync
7826		with the binaries).
7827
78288.6.9/8.6.9	1994/04/19
7829	Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal.
7830		This provides consistency with daemon delivery and
7831		may have some security implications.
7832	Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size,
7833		since that fails on some systems.  Reported by Ed
7834		Hill of the University of Iowa.
7835	Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message).  Reported
7836		by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company.
7837	Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it
7838		is trying to open is optional.  From Win Bent of USC.
7839	Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment.
7840	Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of
7841		Colorado.  Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U
7842		option.
7843	Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that
7844		is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called
7845		sendmail -bs from inetd.  Based on code contributed by
7846		Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer
7847		of Dakota State University).  This also fixes a related
7848		problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of
7849		Rochester.
7850	Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with
7851		variant versions can use them easily.  Suggested by
7852		Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems.
7853	SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two
7854		spaces between parameters instead of one.  Reported by
7855		Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech.
7856	Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by
7857		using global timeouts around the collect() loop.  This
7858		code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar.
7859	If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name
7860		without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration)
7861		and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get
7862		the canonical name.  This should make life easier for
7863		Solaris systems.  If it still can't be resolved, and
7864		if the name server is listed as "required", try again
7865		in 30 seconds.  If that also fails, exit immediately to
7866		avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself"
7867		messages.
7868	Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error
7869		message to explain how much space was available and
7870		sound a bit less threatening.  Suggested by Stan Janet
7871		of the National Institute of Standards and Technology.
7872	If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any
7873		requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the
7874		Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message.
7875		This prevents a certain class of denial of service
7876		attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and
7877		moves things more towards what will probably become a
7878		network standard.  Suggested by Christopher Davis of
7879		Kapor Enterprises.
7880	Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts
7881		without recompiling.
7882	Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message
7883		if there are errors during parsing.  This change is
7884		purely cosmetic.
7885	Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of
7886		SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets
7887		confused by this.  Of course, I think it's their bug....
7888	Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting
7889		lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection;
7890		if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message,
7891		and drops core for debugging.  This is an attempt to
7892		track down a bug that I thought was long since gone.
7893		If you see this, please forward the log fragment to
7894		sendmail@sendmail.ORG.
7895	Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off
7896		with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line.  From Christophe
7897		Wolfhugel.
7898	Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server
7899		SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close
7900		the port completely and reopen it later as needed.
7901		This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection
7902		refused" response, and that the connection can be
7903		recovered later.  In particular, some socket emulations
7904		seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue
7905		size around and can never start listening to connections
7906		again.  The down side is that someone could start up
7907		another daemon process in the interim, so you could
7908		have multiple daemons all not listening to connections;
7909		this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be
7910		incorrect.  A better approach might be to accept the
7911		connection and give a 421 code, but that could break
7912		other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior
7913		implications.
7914	Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to
7915		set debugging on the wrong socket.  From Eric Wassenaar.
7916	When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any
7917		existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes
7918		and the like could result in extra data being sent.
7919	DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the
7920		doc directory.  This includes some additional
7921		information.
7922	CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front
7923		of recipient envelope addresses.  This should have been
7924		handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were
7925		mixing domainized and UUCP addresses.  They should
7926		probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom
7927		instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to
7928		loop the mail, which was bad news.
7929	Portability fixes:
7930		Newer BSDI systems (several people).
7931		Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel.
7932		Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet.
7933		UnixWare, from Evan Champion.
7934		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
7935		Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of
7936			Newcastle upon Tyne.
7937		IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre
7938			Corporation.
7939		NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation.
7940		SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from
7941			Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
7942		HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist.
7943	New Files:
7944		src/Makefile.CLIX
7945		src/Makefile.NCR3000
7946		doc/changes/Makefile
7947		doc/changes/changes.me
7948		doc/changes/changes.ps
7949
79508.6.8/8.6.6	1994/03/21
7951	SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the
7952		E (error message) option.  Reported by Richard Jones;
7953		fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel.
7954
79558.6.7/8.6.6	1994/03/14
7956	SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird
7957		values to the -d flag.  Thanks to Alain Durand of
7958		INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq
7959		list.
7960
79618.6.6/8.6.6	1994/03/13
7962	SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based
7963		systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner
7964		of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways.
7965		Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a
7966		valid shell.
7967	IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections
7968		in the connection cache for a long time under some
7969		circumstances.  This could result in resource exhaustion,
7970		both at your end and at the other end.  This checks the
7971		connections for timeouts much more frequently.  From
7972		Doug Anderson of NCSC.
7973	Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as
7974		the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was
7975		from a local user to another local user.  From
7976		Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University.
7977	Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking
7978		for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/".  From
7979		Bryan Costales of ICSI.
7980	Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability;
7981		instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of
7982		tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called
7983		SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE
7984		for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2)
7985		syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call,
7986		and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument
7987		statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>,
7988		<sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively).
7989	Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if
7990		there was no "/locations/sendmail" property.  From
7991		David Meyer of the University of Virginia.
7992	Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition
7993		to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a
7994		BSD-like system.
7995	Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident
7996		protocol entirely.
7997	Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a
7998		mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a
7999		7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise
8000		that it supports 8BITMIME.  You still have to specify
8001		mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all.
8002	Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically.
8003	Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files
8004		to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away
8005		files.
8006	Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias
8007		file if it was on a read-only file system.  From
8008		Harry Edmon of the University of Washington.
8009	Improve MX randomization function.  From John Gardiner Myers
8010		of CMU.
8011	Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used
8012		%s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number)
8013		when a bad queue file was read.  From Harry Edmon.
8014	Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail.  I'm not
8015		sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained
8016		about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether
8017		"localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain.
8018	Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in
8019		headers.  This causes a leading space to be added onto
8020		continuation lines (including in the body!), and also
8021		tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:,
8022		etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths.  Problem
8023		Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center.
8024	Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have
8025		security implications.  Suggested by several people.
8026	Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always
8027		log the numeric address as zero.  This is a somewhat
8028		bogus implementation in that it does an extra system
8029		call, but it should be an inexpensive one.  Fix from
8030		Motonori Nakamura.
8031	Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there
8032		were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long
8033		to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging.
8034	Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor
8035		per envelope -- previously the overhead was three
8036		descriptors.  This was in response to a problem reported
8037		by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8038	Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes;
8039		this redirects the output to the transcript so the info
8040		is not lost.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8041	Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that
8042		has a naked $ at the end.  Problem noted by James Matheson
8043		<jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>.
8044	Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested
8045		action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of
8046		501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to
8047		avoid bogus "protocol error" messages.
8048	Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $]
8049		lookup.  This prevents it from ending up with two dots
8050		on the end of dot terminated names.  From Wesley Craig
8051		of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8052	Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is
8053		more informative.  It hadn't been using setclass, so you
8054		didn't see the class items being added.
8055	Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where
8056		NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but
8057		NIS is not running.  Fix from John Oleynick of
8058		Rutgers.
8059	Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value,
8060		but sets h_errno to a success value.
8061	Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important
8062		enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the
8063		address specified in the P option).  This fix should
8064		help problems that cause the df file to be left around
8065		sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce
8066		the problem myself.
8067	Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this
8068		only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher
8069		and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file.
8070		Problem noted by Janne Himanka.
8071	Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your
8072		SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection
8073		after 25 bad commands are issued.  From Kyle Jones of
8074		UUNET.
8075	Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers;
8076		fmtmsg overflows the message buffer.  Fixed by trimming
8077		the to address to 203 characters.  Problem reported by
8078		John Oleynick.
8079	Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where
8080		a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef.  Pointed out by
8081		George Baltz of the University of Maryland.
8082	Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To:
8083		lists to be incorrect in some places.  From Motonori
8084		Nakamura.
8085	Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split
8086		envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a
8087		name server failure.  Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the
8088		University of Washington.
8089	Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that
8090		don't have an ``=value'' part.
8091	CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also
8092		re-queued the message.  Changed to just re-queue the
8093		message (it's really hard to just bounce it because
8094		of the weird way the name server works in the presence
8095		of CNAME loops).  Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson
8096		of Cambridge University.
8097	Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages
8098		if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true
8099		user name.  Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI.
8100	Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can
8101		override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can
8102		turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0.
8103	If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails,
8104		try it without the trailing dot.  This is because if
8105		you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back
8106		to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find
8107		perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to
8108		be dot terminated in the hosts file.  You don't want to
8109		strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure
8110		that country names that match one of your subdomains get
8111		a chance.
8112	PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings.
8113		From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon.
8114	CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j.
8115		This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal
8116		address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your
8117		IP address), but the code was broken.  However, it will
8118		still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to
8119		get client configurations to work (sigh).  Note that this
8120		means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user
8121		database!  Problem noted by Paul Southworth.
8122	CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location.  From
8123		Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>.
8124	CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings.
8125	CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX,
8126		and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message
8127		size for various mailers.
8128	CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0]
8129		instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency
8130		with other mailers.  From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8131	CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB,
8132		qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub}
8133		instead of user@$j.  From Bill Wisner of The Well.
8134	CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set.
8135	CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local
8136		mailer for IRIX.  This was different than most every other
8137		system.
8138	CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in
8139		envelope.  Noted by Thierry Besancon
8140		<besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>.
8141	CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems
8142		don't want it set by default.  Pointed out by Philippe
8143		Michel of Thomson CSF.
8144	CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your
8145		host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against
8146		".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar"
8147		instead of "foo.bar".  Also, allow "." in the mailertable
8148		to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST.
8149		This also moves matching of explicit local host names
8150		before the mailertable so they don't have to be special
8151		cased in the mailertable data.  Reported by Bill
8152		Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding
8153		problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the
8154		University of Sydney.
8155	CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver
8156		locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default.
8157		This is because of the known bug where definition of
8158		both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore
8159		both and deliver into the local mailbox.
8160	CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they
8161		are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was
8162		reported as ineffective before.  This also frees up
8163		diversion 8 for future use.  Problem reported by Kimmo
8164		Suominen.
8165	CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4])
8166		into host names.  As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens,
8167		these are often used because either the forward or reverse
8168		mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again.
8169	DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide.  From Kimmo
8170		Suominen.
8171	Portability fixes:
8172		Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software.
8173		DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems.
8174		GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University.
8175		Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>.
8176		NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>.
8177		BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI.
8178		Apollo from Eric Wassenaar.
8179		DGUX from Doug Anderson.
8180		Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent.
8181	NEW FILES:
8182		src/Makefile.DomainOS
8183		src/Makefile.PTX
8184		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1
8185		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2
8186		src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x
8187		src/mailq.1
8188		cf/ostype/domainos.m4
8189		doc/op/Makefile
8190		doc/intro/Makefile
8191		doc/usenix/Makefile
8192
81938.6.5/8.6.5	1994/01/13
8194	Security fix:  /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test
8195		to allow root to own any file was backwards).  From
8196		Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley.
8197	Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs
8198		were invoked.  This caused programs to have group
8199		permissions they should not have had (usually group
8200		daemon instead of their own group).  In particular,
8201		Perl scripts would refuse to run.
8202	Security: check to make sure files that are written are not
8203		symbolic links (at least under some circumstances).
8204		Although this does not respond to a specific known
8205		attack, it's just a good idea.  Suggested by
8206		Christian Wettergren.
8207	Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on
8208		a system with a restricted shell listed in their
8209		/etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any
8210		program by putting that in their .forward file.
8211		This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell
8212		appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to
8213		execute a program or write a file.  You can disable
8214		this by putting "*" in /etc/shells.  It also won't
8215		permit world-writable :include: files to reference
8216		programs or files (there's no way to disable this).
8217		These behaviors are only one level deep -- for
8218		example, it is legal for a world-writable :include:
8219		file to reference an alias that writes a file, on
8220		the assumption that the alias file is well controlled.
8221	Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when
8222		looking into subdirectories.  This would potentially
8223		allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly
8224		readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory.
8225	Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached
8226		connection to create problems on the current job.
8227		These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in
8228		the wrong place.
8229	Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue
8230		runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a
8231		problem that ignored the load average in locally
8232		generated mail.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8233	Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS.  From
8234		John Orthoefer of BB&N.
8235	Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just
8236		too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over
8237		NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways.
8238	Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused
8239		when sending error messages.  This resulted in
8240		"unexpected close" messages.  It should fix itself
8241		on the following queue run.  Problem noted by
8242		Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester.
8243	Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide.
8244		This seems odd, but it was documented....  From
8245		Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8246	Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be
8247		forced to be owned by root instead of daemon
8248		(actually DefUid).  From Tim Irvin.
8249	Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen
8250		of the Chalmers University of Technology.
8251	Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error
8252		code associated with it -- previously it returned OK
8253		even though there was a real problem.  Now it assumes
8254		EX_UNAVAILABLE.
8255	Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had
8256		no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of
8257		"." to be discarded.  Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys.
8258	Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried
8259		to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing
8260		a core dump.  From der Mouse at McGill University.
8261	Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch;
8262		this makes it easier to turn it off (using
8263		-DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile).  From der Mouse.
8264	Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of
8265		gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries
8266		to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with
8267		SunOS.  If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes
8268		transfers to slave servers.  Bug noted by Keith
8269		McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc.
8270	Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large
8271		(> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr
8272		to be trashed.  Use the size of the sockaddr instead.
8273		Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State.
8274	Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not
8275		defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts
8276		file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing
8277		dot convention.
8278	Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead
8279		of from a clean exit.
8280	If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS
8281		"host unknown" message is authoritative -- it
8282		might still be found in /etc/hosts.
8283	Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent
8284		as the subject of an error message, even though the
8285		actual cause of a message was more severe than that.
8286		Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI.
8287	Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking.  From Kyle
8288		Jones of UUNET.
8289	Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some
8290		versions of syslog(3).  This adds a new compile time
8291		variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE.  From Jay Plett of Princeton
8292		University, which is in turn derived from IDA.
8293	Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously
8294		it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec
8295		says that they should be ignored.
8296	Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for
8297		debugging).  This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set
8298		(with the null input), and logs the result.  This
8299		should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process
8300		is not reentrant.
8301	Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as
8302		documented in the Bat Book.
8303	If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not
8304		return an error message and did not requeue the message.
8305		Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of
8306		Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France.
8307	Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error
8308		code during some parts of connection initialization.
8309		I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on
8310		the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in
8311		any case.  From Amir Plivatsky.
8312	Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null.
8313		Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI.
8314	Full-Name: field was being ignored.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura
8315		of Kyoto University.
8316	Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle.
8317		From P{r Emanuelsson.
8318	Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts.
8319		Suggested by Douglas Anderson.
8320	Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls.  Suggested by
8321		Bryan Costales.
8322	Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be
8323		needed for parsing.  Problem noted by Douglas Anderson.
8324	Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP
8325		(e.g., if all RCPTs failed).  Suggested by Motonori
8326		Nakamura.
8327	Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender
8328		address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid
8329		illegal addresses appearing there).
8330	Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of
8331		BB&N.
8332	Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always
8333		included.
8334	Remember to set $i during queue runs.  Reported by Stephen
8335		Campbell of Dartmouth University.
8336	If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during
8337		canonification as the name of a file with per-user host
8338		translations so that headers are properly mapped.  Reported
8339		by Anne Bennett of Concordia University.
8340	Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not
8341		using [IPC]) should die on a core dump.
8342	Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused
8343		by the other end closing the connection.  From
8344		Dave Morrison of Oracle.
8345	Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq"
8346		to include a host name or other useful information.
8347	Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems.  From Vince
8348		DeMarco.
8349	Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to
8350		NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/
8351		forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing
8352		the message for retry.  Noted by William C Fenner of
8353		the NRL Connection Machine Facility.
8354	Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence
8355		had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character.
8356	Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around
8357		them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do
8358		this properly).
8359	Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form:
8360		``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the
8361		null macro.  Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM.
8362	Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to
8363		not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs
8364		to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when
8365		it was not.  The effect of the problem was to make it
8366		very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few
8367		local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a
8368		corporate hub.  Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the
8369		University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD.
8370	Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header
8371		addresses.  This is more efficient (fewer name server
8372		calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such
8373		as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is
8374		non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did
8375		something else.  Problem reported by Brian J. Coan
8376		of the Institute for Global Communications.
8377	Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand
8378		new arguments.  For example, if you used ``sendmail
8379		-C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because
8380		the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments.
8381	Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their
8382		mail to the same program and have them appear unique.
8383	Portability fixes for:
8384		SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy.
8385		SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand.
8386		System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others.
8387		OSF/1 from Steve Campbell.
8388		DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt
8389			of Stoner Associates.
8390		Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola.
8391		Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University
8392			of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University
8393			of Maryland.
8394		FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert.
8395		NetBSD from Adam Glass.
8396		TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University.
8397		Irix from Bryan Curnutt.
8398		Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona.
8399		RISC/os.
8400		Linux from John Kennedy of California State University
8401			at Chico.
8402		Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force.
8403		NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco.
8404		HP-UX from various people.  NOTA BENE:  the location
8405			of the config file has moved to /usr/lib
8406			to match the HP-UX version of sendmail.
8407	CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer;
8408		since this is intended only for internal use, the
8409		usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed.  The
8410		main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP
8411		addresses when relaying internally.
8412	CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:;
8413		syntax addresses delivered via UUCP.  Solution
8414		provided by Peter Wemm.
8415	CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset
8416		zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses.  From
8417		Irving Reid of the University of Toronto.
8418	CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1
8419		from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy.
8420	CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency;
8421		this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside)
8422		that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain
8423		names.
8424	CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts)
8425		rather than letting them get "local configuration
8426		error"s.  Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers.
8427	CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted
8428		by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this
8429		has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax.  This
8430		also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and
8431		"uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency.
8432	CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen
8433		<kim@grendel.lut.fi>).
8434	CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone.
8435	CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g.,
8436		``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade)
8437		was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host
8438		added to the address.  Problem noted by Peter Wan
8439		of Georgia Tech.
8440	CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w.  From
8441		Jim Murray of Stratus.
8442	CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V"
8443		mailer flag.  Briefly, if you are sending to host
8444		"foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz",
8445		"foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has
8446		the local name prepended.
8447	CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX.
8448	DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide.
8449	MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or
8450		which lack newline.  From Mark Delany.
8451	MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes
8452		in and out of the system).  From Tom Ferrin of UC
8453		San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab.
8454	SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES:
8455		On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to
8456			/usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail.
8457		Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable
8458			:include: files and accounts that have shells
8459			that are not listed in /etc/shells.  This may
8460			cause some .forward files that have worked
8461			before to start failing.
8462		SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log.
8463	NEW FILES:
8464		src/Makefile.DGUX
8465		src/Makefile.Dynix
8466		src/Makefile.FreeBSD
8467		src/Makefile.Mach386
8468		src/Makefile.NetBSD
8469		src/Makefile.RISCos
8470		src/Makefile.SCO
8471		src/Makefile.SVR4
8472		src/Makefile.Titan
8473		cf/mailer/pop.m4
8474		cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4
8475		cf/ostype/dgux.m4
8476		cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4
8477		cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4
8478		makemap/Makefile.dist
8479		praliases/Makefile.dist
8480
84818.6.4/8.6.4	1993/10/31
8482	Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment)
8483		if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in
8484		savemail.  Problem reported by Richard Liu.
8485	Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP.  This
8486		makes quite certain that crackers can't use this
8487		class of attack.
8488	Reliability Fix:  check return value from fclose() and fsync()
8489		in a few critical places.
8490	Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for
8491		redirecting the output channel on queue runs.  It's
8492		not clear this code even does anything.  From Eric
8493		Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear
8494		and High-Energy Physics.
8495	Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work",
8496		such as double-reading the Errors-To: header.  From
8497		Eric Wassenaar.
8498	Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the
8499		data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this
8500		fix causes them to be properly reported.  From Eric
8501		Wassenaar.
8502	Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only
8503		really become relevant in the next release, but some
8504		people need it for local patches.  From Michael
8505		Corrigan of UC San Diego.
8506	Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers)
8507		for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since
8508		these can have different values depending on which
8509		envelope they are in.  From Eric Wassenaar.
8510	Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you
8511		what uid/gid processes ran as.
8512	Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if
8513		the sender address was unparseable for some reason;
8514		this was supposed to fall back to the "return to
8515		postmaster" case.
8516	Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm.
8517	Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header
8518		file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX.
8519	CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope
8520		addresses (so that it matches local again).  From
8521		Christopher Davis.
8522	CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n;
8523		this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like
8524		``From   Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''.  From Motonori
8525		Nakamura of Kyoto University.
8526	CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly.  This isn't legal, but
8527		it shouldn't fail miserably.  From Motonori Nakamura.
8528
85298.6.2/8.6.2	1993/10/15
8530	Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for
8531		addresses that get return-receipts.
8532	Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning
8533		messages -- some people don't read carefully enough
8534		and end up sending the message several times.
8535	Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return
8536		message.  Currently, it just says "cannot send for
8537		four hours".
8538	Fix the "Original message received" time generated for
8539		returntosender messages.  It was previously listed as
8540		the current time.  Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of
8541		Cornell University Medical College.
8542	If there is an error when writing the body of a message,
8543		don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response
8544		in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to
8545		hang up under some bizarre circumstances.  From Eric
8546		Wassenaar.
8547	Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when
8548		connections fail during message collection.  From
8549		Eric Wassenaar.
8550	Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the
8551		name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects
8552		the DATA command.  Problem reported by Jim Murray of
8553		Stratus.
8554	Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file
8555		incorrectly resolves to a null hostname.  Reported by
8556		Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8557	Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ
8558		by non-root users were not put into
8559		X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the
8560		config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet.  Fix
8561		from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea.
8562	Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code
8563		could get confused as to whether a database was
8564		open or not.
8565	Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is
8566		intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific
8567		configuration syntax.  (This is a "new feature",
8568		but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief
8569		that this is a highly exceptional case.)
8570	Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC),
8571		SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1
8572		(from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley)
8573	CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming.
8574
85758.6.1/8.6	1993/10/08
8576	Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V.
8577	Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down
8578		causing an error during parsing, that message was never
8579		propagated to the queue file.
8580
85818.6/8.6		1993/10/05
8582	Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in
8583		conf.h (other systems have the same bug).
8584	If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume
8585		getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly
8586		large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the
8587		header files but don't have the syscall.
8588	Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname
8589		if trymx == FALSE.
8590	Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for
8591		delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error
8592		in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To:
8593		line).  Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD.
8594	Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this
8595		is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8596	Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the
8597		Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix
8598		(from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.),
8599		NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from
8600		Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from
8601		Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo
8602		Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers.
8603	Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs.  From Takahiro
8604		Kanbe.
8605	Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same
8606		name already exists.  Problem stumbled over by Bill
8607		Wisner of The Well.
8608	Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes.
8609		Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services.
8610	Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and
8611		:include: files.  This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions
8612		slightly more.  This includes proper setting of groups
8613		when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some
8614		files that you should be able to read but have previously
8615		been denied unless you owned them or they had "other"
8616		read permission.
8617	Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that
8618		if the user is forced to override some silly system,
8619		MX suppression will still work.
8620	Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double-
8621		calling expensive routines.  In at least one case, it
8622		wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the
8623		same result.  Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8624	Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error
8625		condition from a non-SMTP mailer.  From Motonori
8626		Nakamura.
8627	Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that
8628		"CX $Z" works.
8629	Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still
8630		trying to send the original message if the connection
8631		is closed during a DATA command after getting an error
8632		on an RCPT command (pretty obscure).  Problem reported
8633		by John Myers of CMU.
8634	Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long
8635		term bug.
8636	Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning:
8637		cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message;
8638		it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and
8639		only on some architectures.  Although sendmail would
8640		keep trying, it would send error messages on each
8641		queue interval.  This is an important fix.
8642	Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively.
8643	Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make
8644		ruleset testing a bit easier.
8645	Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command
8646		line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging
8647		level.
8648	Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on
8649		the command line.  This is only done if there is exactly
8650		one recipient.  Technically, this does not meet the
8651		specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the
8652		address.
8653	Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if
8654		you used the -t flag.  Problem noted by Josh Smith of
8655		Harvey Mudd College.
8656	Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first
8657		``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''.  This is to
8658		avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in
8659		their full name information.
8660	Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have
8661		an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To:
8662		defined in the config file H lines.  From J.R. Oldroyd.
8663	Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get
8664		wrong when compiling.  Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI.
8665	Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the
8666		df file got lost; this would cause servers to always
8667		give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse.
8668		Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8669	Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT
8670		protocol timeouts (30s default).  Requested by Murray
8671		Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus
8672		PC TCP/IP implementations.
8673	Change $w default definition to be just the first component of
8674		the domain name on config level 5.  The $j macro defaults
8675		to the FQDN; $m remains as before.  This lets well-behaved
8676		config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain
8677		names.
8678	Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture
8679		builds.  I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still
8680		helpful.
8681	Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to
8682		get a queue file for an already completed job.  This
8683		problem has existed for years.  Problem noted by the
8684		long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI.
8685	Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to
8686		udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused
8687		it to sometimes miss records that it should have found.
8688	Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs
8689		that claims to be itself works properly.
8690	Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in
8691		buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get
8692		it right.  Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites
8693		recipient addresses, not sender addresses.
8694	Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot
8695		resolve /file/name style addresses.  Fix from Jonathan
8696		Kamens of OpenVision Technologies.
8697	Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to
8698		be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully
8699		queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors
8700		would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from
8701		scratch.
8702	Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise
8703		true address to still send to the original address
8704		if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre
8705		ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address).
8706		Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens.
8707	Remove support for frozen configuration files.  They caused
8708		more trouble than it was worth.
8709	Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when
8710		using both -odb and -t flags.  Problem noted by Rob
8711		McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley.
8712	Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w.  For example,
8713		if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will
8714		contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu.
8715	Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run
8716		the queue.
8717	Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that
8718		messages don't come out with stale information.
8719	Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages
8720		will properly reflect the true filename being locked.
8721	Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need
8722		for MAXIPADDR in conf.h.  Suggested by John Gardiner
8723		Myers of CMU.
8724	Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after
8725		an SMTP RSET command.  Problem and fix from Michael
8726		Corrigan.
8727	Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is
8728		negative.  Error reports still go to the envelope
8729		sender address.
8730	Add LA_SHORT for load averages.
8731	Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics.
8732	Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to
8733		set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you
8734		run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down
8735		(although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation
8736		so that it's not necessary to recompile every program
8737		that does bulk data transfer).
8738	Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups.  Problem reported by
8739		Amir Plivatsky.
8740	Diagnose crufty S and V config lines.  This resulted from an
8741		observation that some people were using the SITE macro
8742		without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing
8743		bogus config files that were not caught.
8744	Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it
8745		on instead).  THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!!
8746	Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if
8747		you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl
8748		locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown.
8749	Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or
8750		:include:s don't use the wrong uid.
8751	If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was
8752		called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken.
8753		This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the
8754		alias file.  Fix from Motonori Nakamura.
8755	Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion
8756		if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file.
8757	Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be
8758		opened or if running with no database format defined.
8759	Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn
8760		is set.  Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson.
8761	Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive
8762		mailers) to be ignored in SMTP.  Problem noted and the
8763		solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of
8764		Melbourne.
8765	Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to
8766		hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and
8767		returns the real name.  This allows mailertable entries
8768		to match regular entries.
8769	Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid
8770		feature, even if it doesn't work right.
8771	Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP.
8772		This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT.
8773	Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this
8774		for programs that are specified through a .forward file.
8775		Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems.
8776	Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal
8777		error message so that the "subject" line of return
8778		messages is the best possible.
8779	CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration
8780		parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g.,
8781		define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local'').
8782	CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom
8783		connections (domain-ized UUCP).
8784	CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file
8785		name).  Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel.
8786	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on
8787		DNS.  This would presumably be used in UUCP islands.
8788	CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux).
8789	CONFIG: log $u in Received: line.  This is in technical violation
8790		of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain
8791		on the address.
8792	CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that
8793		if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include
8794		the "m" flag should you want it.  Apparently some Solaris 2.2
8795		installations can't handle multiple local recipients.
8796		Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8797	CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults).
8798	CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5.
8799	CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that
8800		forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the
8801		addresses in any detail.
8802	CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when
8803		used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form.
8804	CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented
8805		with an address such as "!foo".
8806	CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if
8807		the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken.  There's a better
8808		way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I
8809		want to hold it for another release.  Problem noted by
8810		Bret Marquis.
8811
88128.5/8.5		1993/07/23
8813	Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown
8814		sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating
8815		everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that
8816		would do the return itself).  Problem noted by Josh Smith.
8817	Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data,
8818		even during a T_ANY query.  This actually didn't break
8819		anything, because the only time you called getcanonname
8820		with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX
8821		records, but it is somewhat cleaner.  From Motonori
8822		Nakamura.
8823	Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there
8824		are no DNS records matching the name.
8825	Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The
8826		original message was received ... from localhost".
8827		The correct original host information is now included.
8828	Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their
8829		version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag).  Change it
8830		to use -f instead.  From John Myers.
8831	CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to
8832		esmtp -- it should be smtp.
8833	CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults
8834		to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used,
8835		else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown");
8836		this cleans up the configs somewhat.  This fixes a serious
8837		problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays,
8838		pointed out by John Myers.  WARNING: this also causes
8839		the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to
8840		"relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified.
8841
88428.4/8.4		1993/07/22
8843	Add option `w'.  If you receive a message that comes to you because
8844		you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and
8845		you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in
8846		your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target
8847		host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all).  If
8848		`w' is not set, this case is a configuration error.
8849		Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like
8850		"message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that
8851		are really configuration errors.  This option is
8852		disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with
8853		UIUC sendmail.
8854	Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open
8855		when sendmail forks after the DATA command.  This caused
8856		calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the
8857		entire list was processed and the child closed -- a
8858		potentially prodigious amount of time.  Problem noted
8859		by Neil Rickert.
8860	Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple
8861		addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely
8862		suppress the sending of the message.  This changes
8863		handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an
8864		EF_GLOBALERRS flag.  This also fixes a potential problem
8865		with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error
8866		in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late
8867		in processing.  Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith
8868		of Harvey Mudd College.  This release includes quite a bit
8869		of dickering with error handling (see below).
8870	Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error.  This
8871		will only hurt already-broken software and should help
8872		humans.
8873	Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were
8874		compiled in.  It would never read the alias file.
8875	Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already
8876		repaired).
8877	Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would
8878		log this even when the queue file still existed.  Change
8879		this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the
8880		queue file is actually removed.  From John Myers.
8881	Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there
8882		is no pending transaction.  Some senders just close the
8883		connection rather than sending QUIT.
8884	Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified
8885		domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause
8886		the subsequent host name lookup to fail.  The problem
8887		only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set.
8888		Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
8889	Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had
8890		unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused
8891		core dumps on some machines.
8892	Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN.
8893		Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which
8894		then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA
8895		(confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which
8896		returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on
8897		whether you were running VERBose mode.  Now it usually
8898		diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken".
8899		Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose
8900		some true error conditions.
8901	Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes.
8902		These are not reported only to Postmaster.  Unbalanced
8903		parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes.
8904		They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP.
8905	Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that
8906		failed and the alias they arose from.  This makes it
8907		somewhat easier to diagnose problems.  Difficulty noted
8908		by Motonori Nakamura.
8909	Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses
8910		that shouldn't have had one during a queue run.  This
8911		caused error messages to be handled differently during
8912		a queue run than a direct run.
8913	Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during
8914		the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was
8915		just extra stuff for users to crawl through.
8916	Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can
8917		auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments.
8918		Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the
8919		daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to
8920		restart it.
8921	Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the
8922		IDENT daemon to screw up.  This required that I change
8923		HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode
8924		changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem
8925		to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid
8926		as well as the effective.  The program test/t_setreuid.c
8927		will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2)
8928		is appropriately functional.
8929	The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify
8930		fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there,
8931		but it wasn't being enabled.  Problem noted by Murray
8932		Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo.
8933	Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal
8934		code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase
8935		with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be
8936		confusing.  Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision
8937		Technologies.
8938	Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the
8939		process group id.  The original fix was to get around
8940		some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks
8941		any call from a shell that creates a process group id
8942		different from the process id.  I could try to fix
8943		this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or
8944		equivalent) but this is too likely to break other
8945		things.
8946	Portability changes:
8947		Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently
8948			DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs
8949			instead of using standard flags.  Oh joy.  This
8950			behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University
8951			of Colorado.
8952		SGI IRIX  -- this includes several changes that should
8953			help other strict ANSI compilers.
8954		SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication
8955			Corporation.
8956		Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the
8957			documentation apparently doesn't define
8958			__STDC__ by default).
8959		ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex.
8960		Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from
8961			Motonori Nakamura.
8962	CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'.
8963	CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags;
8964		several people have made a good argument that this
8965		creates more problems than it solves (although this
8966		may prove painful in the short run).
8967	CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host"
8968		format.
8969	CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset
8970		98 (8 on old sendmail).  Domain literal [a.b.c.d]
8971		addresses are also passed through this ruleset.
8972	CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined,
8973		internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of
8974		ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however,
8975		the angle brackets confused the recursive call.
8976		These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name".
8977	CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken
8978		ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of
8979		ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_').  Problem found by Rein Tollevik
8980		of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo.
8981	CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very
8982		early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass
8983		things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses.
8984		Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well.
8985	CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or
8986		esmtp) to send SMTP mail.  This allows you to default
8987		to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to
8988		deal with broken servers.  This logic was pointed out
8989		to me by Bill Wisner.  Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER.
8990	Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4
8991		environments.  Ugly as sin.
8992
89938.3/8.3		1993/07/13
8994	Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages
8995		like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument"
8996		or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied".  This
8997		involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes
8998		the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out
8999		that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break
9000		some systems badly.  This includes some fixes for
9001		HP-UX.  Also fixes problems where the real uid is
9002		not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert).
9003	Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the
9004		addresses that timed out.  Error messages are also more
9005		"user friendly".
9006	Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to
9007		16 bytes/sec.
9008	Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD
9009		compatibility library.  This also adds a new
9010		"HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if
9011		you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2).
9012		These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at
9013		University of Oregon.  This now seems to work, at least
9014		for quick test cases.
9015	Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be
9016		sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses,
9017		and at least one of those addresses is good and points
9018		to an account that has a .forward file (whew!).
9019	Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat()
9020		returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark
9021		the "to" address).  Problem noted by John Myers.
9022	Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending
9023		on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case.  This
9024		isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses.
9025		From Michael Corrigan.
9026	CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of
9027		messages sent through UUCP-family mailers.  Suggested
9028		by Bill Wisner of The Well.
9029	CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified,
9030		include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style
9031		addressing.  Suggested by Bill Wisner.
9032	CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match
9033		LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS.  Suggested by
9034		Christophe Wolfhugel.
9035	CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3).  From Christophe Wolfhugel.
9036
90378.2/8.2		1993/07/11
9038	Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode.
9039	On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To
9040		header) for back compatibility.  NOTE:  this DOES NOT
9041		imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way.
9042	Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1.  Why, why, why???
9043	Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old
9044		SMTP server to give an error on this command, and
9045		logging it in the transcript can be confusing.  Fix
9046		from Bill Wisner.
9047	IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich
9048		<drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>.
9049	Solaris 2 compatibility changes.  Provided by Bob Cunningham
9050		<bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick
9051		<juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu>
9052	Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c);
9053		move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to
9054		match the other flags in that file.
9055	Flush transcript before fork in mailfile().  From Eric Wassenaar.
9056	Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display.
9057		Changes from Eric Wassenaar.
9058	Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file
9059		failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer
9060		reference in very weird cases.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9061	Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of
9062		forks.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9063	Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new
9064		Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid
9065		re-using old value).  From Motonori Nakamura.
9066	Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only)
9067		was specified, it would still replace the key with the
9068		value.  Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments.
9069	If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out"
9070		message would ever be sent back.  The timeout code
9071		has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope()
9072		so that all such failures should be diagnosed.  Pointed
9073		out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others.
9074	Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or
9075		forward path must be readable by self if the controlling
9076		user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g.,
9077		when reading your .forward file, you have to own and
9078		have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in
9079		the root and directories leading up to your home);
9080		include files must be readable by anyone, but need not
9081		be owned by you.
9082	If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before
9083		reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems
9084		on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and
9085		the user's home directory isn't x'able.
9086	Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser.
9087	Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen.
9088	Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can
9089		get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second.  Note that
9090		this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which
9091		is separate; this is just intended to work around
9092		network clogs that will occur before the final dot
9093		is sent.  From Eric Wassenaar.
9094	Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively --
9095		it initially tries both, but if it finds anything
9096		matching without a null it never tries again with a
9097		null and vice versa.  If -N is specified, it never
9098		tries without the null and creates new maps with a
9099		null byte.  If -O is specified, it never tries with
9100		the null (for efficiency).  If -N and -O are specified,
9101		you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would
9102		be a bad idea.  If you don't specify either -N or -O,
9103		it adapts.
9104	Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions
9105		will insert the appropriate full name information;
9106		this used to work and got broken somewhere along the
9107		way.
9108	Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the
9109		log.  For example, if you lost a connection, don't
9110		bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost.
9111	Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down
9112		why we get occasional problems with file descriptor
9113		one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to
9114		only happen when there has been another error in the
9115		same transaction.  This requires XDEBUG, defined
9116		by default in conf.h.
9117	Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of
9118		all SMTP transactions.  This is intended ONLY for
9119		debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start
9120		it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing,
9121		and then kill it off and examine the indicated log.
9122		This output is not intended to be particularly human
9123		readable.  This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile
9124		flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__.
9125	CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer.  If you
9126		have a local net that should get direct connects, you
9127		will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts.
9128		See cf/README for an example.
9129	CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle
9130		sites that don't use the -d flag.
9131	CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses
9132		behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this
9133		has been requested by several people, but can break
9134		local aliases.  For example, if you mail to "localalias"
9135		this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost";
9136		although initial delivery will work, replies will be
9137		broken.  Use it sparingly.
9138	CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable).  This maps unqualified domains
9139		to qualified domains in headers.  I believe this is
9140		largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name.
9141	CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k.  This permits you
9142		to override the "system name" as your UUCP name --
9143		in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names.  From
9144		Bill Wisner of The Well.
9145	CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO
9146		first.  This is currently unused in the config files,
9147		but could be used in a mailertable entry.
9148
91498.1C/8.1B	1993/06/27
9150	Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on
9151		the system, regardless of ownership and permissions.
9152	If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it
9153		immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting.
9154		This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups.
9155	CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT)
9156
91578.1B/8.1A	1993/06/12
9158	Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by
9159		two tokens in classes instead of one.  Found by Claus
9160		Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany.
9161
91628.1A/8.1A	1993/06/08
9163	Another mailertable fix....
9164
91658.1/8.1		1993/06/07
9166	4.4BSD freeze.  No semantic changes.
9167